Multicast dst are not cached. They carry DST_NOCACHE.
As mentioned in commit f886497212 ("ipv4: fix dst race in
sk_dst_get()"), these dst need special care before caching them
into a socket.
Caching them is allowed only if their refcnt was not 0, ie we
must use atomic_inc_not_zero()
Also, we must use READ_ONCE() to fetch sk->sk_rx_dst, as mentioned
in commit d0c294c53a ("tcp: prevent fetching dst twice in early demux
code")
Fixes: 421b3885bf ("udp: ipv4: Add udp early demux")
Tested-by: Gregory Hoggarth <Gregory.Hoggarth@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Gregory Hoggarth <Gregory.Hoggarth@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reported-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of trying to access br->vlan_enabled directly use the provided
helper br_vlan_enabled().
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the introduction of the BPF action in d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF
based action"), late binding was not working as expected. I.e. setting
the action part for a classifier only via 'bpf index <num>', where <num>
is the index of an existing action, is being rejected by the kernel due
to other missing parameters.
It doesn't make sense to require these parameters such as BPF opcodes
etc, as they are not going to be used anyway: in this case, they're just
allocated/parsed and then freed again w/o doing anything meaningful.
Instead, parse and verify the remaining parameters *after* the test on
tcf_hash_check(), when we really know that we're dealing with creation
of a new action or replacement of an existing one and where late binding
is thus irrelevant.
After patch, test case is now working:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc actions add action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action bpf index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc filter show dev foo
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 flowid 1:1 bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295'
action order 1: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
Late binding of a BPF action can be useful for preloading maps (e.g. before
they hit traffic) in case of eBPF programs, or to share a single eBPF action
with multiple classifiers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch when a vid was not specified, the entry was added with
vid 0 which is useless when vlan_filtering is enabled. This patch makes
the entry to be added on all configured vlans when vlan filtering is
enabled and respectively deleted from all, if the entry vid is 0.
This is also closer to the way fdb works with regard to vid 0 and vlan
filtering.
Example:
Setup:
$ bridge vlan add vid 256 dev eth4
$ bridge vlan add vid 1024 dev eth4
$ bridge vlan add vid 64 dev eth3
$ bridge vlan add vid 128 dev eth3
$ bridge vlan
port vlan ids
eth3 1 PVID Egress Untagged
64
128
eth4 1 PVID Egress Untagged
256
1024
$ echo 1 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/vlan_filtering
Before:
$ bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1
$ bridge mdb
dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 temp
After:
$ bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1
$ bridge mdb
dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 temp vid 1
dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 temp vid 128
dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 temp vid 64
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"len" is a signed integer. We check that len is not negative, so it
goes from zero to INT_MAX. PAGE_SIZE is unsigned long so the comparison
is type promoted to unsigned long. ULONG_MAX - 4095 is a higher than
INT_MAX so the condition can never be true.
I don't know if this is harmful but it seems safe to limit "len" to
INT_MAX - 4095.
Fixes: a8c879a7ee ('RDS: Info and stats')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bridge devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since thier
ports can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we share an action within a filter, the bind refcnt
should increase, therefore we should not call tcf_hash_release().
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
openvswitch modifies the L4 checksum of a packet when modifying
the ip address. When an IP packet is fragmented only the first
fragment contains an L4 header and checksum. Prior to this change
openvswitch would modify all fragments, modifying application data
in non-first fragments, causing checksum failures in the
reassembled packet.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Griffin <ggriffin.kernel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb->hash to the __sk_buff offset map, so it can be accessed from
an eBPF program. We currently already do this for classic BPF filters,
but not yet on eBPF, it might be useful as a demuxer in combination with
helpers like bpf_clone_redirect(), toy example:
__section("cls-lb") int ingress_main(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
unsigned int which = 3 + (skb->hash & 7);
/* bpf_skb_store_bytes(skb, ...); */
/* bpf_l{3,4}_csum_replace(skb, ...); */
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, which, 0);
return -1;
}
I was thinking whether to add skb_get_hash(), but then concluded the
raw skb->hash seems fine in this case: we can directly access the hash
w/o extra eBPF helper function call, it's filled out by many NICs on
ingress, and in case the entropy level would not be sufficient, people
can still implement their own specific sw fallback hash mix anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex reported the following crash when using fq_codel
with htb:
crash> bt
PID: 630839 TASK: ffff8823c990d280 CPU: 14 COMMAND: "tc"
[... snip ...]
#8 [ffff8820ceec17a0] page_fault at ffffffff8160a8c2
[exception RIP: htb_qlen_notify+24]
RIP: ffffffffa0841718 RSP: ffff8820ceec1858 RFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: ffff88241747b400
RDX: ffff88241747b408 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff8811fb27d000
RBP: ffff8820ceec1868 R8: ffff88120cdeff24 R9: ffff88120cdeff30
R10: 0000000000000bd4 R11: ffffffffa0840919 R12: ffffffffa0843340
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: ffff8808dae5c2e8
ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffffff CS: 0010 SS: 0018
#9 [...] qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen at ffffffff81565375
#10 [...] fq_codel_dequeue at ffffffffa084e0a0 [sch_fq_codel]
#11 [...] fq_codel_reset at ffffffffa084e2f8 [sch_fq_codel]
#12 [...] qdisc_destroy at ffffffff81560d2d
#13 [...] htb_destroy_class at ffffffffa08408f8 [sch_htb]
#14 [...] htb_put at ffffffffa084095c [sch_htb]
#15 [...] tc_ctl_tclass at ffffffff815645a3
#16 [...] rtnetlink_rcv_msg at ffffffff81552cb0
[... snip ...]
As Jamal pointed out, there is actually no need to call dequeue
to purge the queued skb's in reset, data structures can be just
reset explicitly. Therefore, we reset everything except config's
and stats, so that we would have a fresh start after device flipping.
Fixes: 4b549a2ef4 ("fq_codel: Fair Queue Codel AQM")
Reported-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
[xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com: added codel_vars_init() and qdisc_qstats_backlog_dec()]
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Must teardown SR-IOV before unregistering netdev in igb driver, from
Alex Williamson.
2) Fix ipv6 route unreachable crash in IPVS, from Alex Gartrell.
3) Default route selection in ipv4 should take the prefix length, table
ID, and TOS into account, from Julian Anastasov.
4) sch_plug must have a reset method in order to purge all buffered
packets when the qdisc is reset, likewise for sch_choke, from WANG
Cong.
5) Fix deadlock and races in slave_changelink/br_setport in bridging.
From Nikolay Aleksandrov.
6) mlx4 bug fixes (wrong index in port even propagation to VFs,
overzealous BUG_ON assertion, etc.) from Ido Shamay, Jack
Morgenstein, and Or Gerlitz.
7) Turn off klog message about SCTP userspace interface compat that
makes no sense at all, from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Fix unbounded restarts of inet frag eviction process, causing NMI
watchdog soft lockup messages, from Florian Westphal.
9) Suspend/resume fixes for r8152 from Hayes Wang.
10) Fix busy loop when MSG_WAITALL|MSG_PEEK is used in TCP recv, from
Sabrina Dubroca.
11) Fix performance regression when removing a lot of routes from the
ipv4 routing tables, from Alexander Duyck.
12) Fix device leak in AF_PACKET, from Lars Westerhoff.
13) AF_PACKET also has a header length comparison bug due to signedness,
from Alexander Drozdov.
14) Fix bug in EBPF tail call generation on x86, from Daniel Borkmann.
15) Memory leaks, TSO stats, watchdog timeout and other fixes to
thunderx driver from Sunil Goutham and Thanneeru Srinivasulu.
16) act_bpf can leak memory when replacing programs, from Daniel
Borkmann.
17) WOL packet fixes in gianfar driver, from Claudiu Manoil.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (79 commits)
stmmac: fix missing MODULE_LICENSE in stmmac_platform
gianfar: Enable device wakeup when appropriate
gianfar: Fix suspend/resume for wol magic packet
gianfar: Fix warning when CONFIG_PM off
act_pedit: check binding before calling tcf_hash_release()
net: sk_clone_lock() should only do get_net() if the parent is not a kernel socket
net: sched: fix refcount imbalance in actions
r8152: reset device when tx timeout
r8152: add pre_reset and post_reset
qlcnic: Fix corruption while copying
act_bpf: fix memory leaks when replacing bpf programs
net: thunderx: Fix for crash while BGX teardown
net: thunderx: Add PCI driver shutdown routine
net: thunderx: Fix crash when changing rss with mutliple traffic flows
net: thunderx: Set watchdog timeout value
net: thunderx: Wakeup TXQ only if CQE_TX are processed
net: thunderx: Suppress alloc_pages() failure warnings
net: thunderx: Fix TSO packet statistic
net: thunderx: Fix memory leak when changing queue count
net: thunderx: Fix RQ_DROP miscalculation
...
Per RFC6437 stateful flow labels (e.g. labels set by flow label manager)
cannot "disturb" nodes taking part in stateless flow labels. While the
ranges only reduce the flow label entropy by one bit, it is conceivable
that this might bias the algorithm on some routers causing a load
imbalance. For best results on the Internet we really need the full
20 bits.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the meaning of net.ipv6.auto_flowlabels to provide a mode for
automatic flow labels generation. There are four modes:
0: flow labels are disabled
1: flow labels are enabled, sockets can opt-out
2: flow labels are allowed, sockets can opt-in
3: flow labels are enabled and enforced, no opt-out for sockets
np->autoflowlabel is initialized according to the sysctl value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't call skb_get_hash here since the packet is not complete to do
flow_dissector. Create hash based on flowi6 instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_get_hash_flowi6 and skb_get_hash_flowi4 which derive an sk_buff
hash from flowi6 and flowi4 structures respectively. These functions
can be called when creating a packet in the output path where the new
sk_buff does not yet contain a fully formed packet that is parsable by
flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which
requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the
parent network device poll controller callback.
In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but
not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics,
make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent
network device transmit function.
In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag
creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do
some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4
tagging protocols supported.
We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag
specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g:
tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the
original sk_buff we were passed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we share an action within a filter, the bind refcnt
should increase, therefore we should not call tcf_hash_release().
Fixes: 1a29321ed0 ("net_sched: act: Dont increment refcnt on replace")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output
was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n.
This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of
ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6).
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds net argument to ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup
for use cases where sk is not available (like mpls).
sk appears to be needed to get the namespace 'net' and is optional
otherwise. This patch series changes ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup
to take net argument. sk remains optional.
All callers of ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup have been modified
to pass net. I have modified them to use already available
'net' in the scope of the call. I can change them to
sock_net(sk) to avoid any unintended change in behaviour if sock
namespace is different. They dont seem to be from code inspection.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helpers to let eBPF programs attached to TC manipulate tunnel metadata:
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key(skb, key, size, flags)
skb: pointer to skb
key: pointer to 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
size: size of 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
flags: room for future extensions
First eBPF program that uses these helpers will allocate per_cpu
metadata_dst structures that will be used on TX.
On RX metadata_dst is allocated by tunnel driver.
Typical usage for TX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey;
... populate tkey ...
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, vxlan_dev_ifindex, 0);
RX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey = {};
bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
... lookup or redirect based on tkey ...
'struct bpf_tunnel_key' will be extended in the future by adding
elements to the end and the 'size' argument will indicate which fields
are populated, thereby keeping backwards compatibility.
The 'flags' argument may be used as well when the 'size' is not enough or
to indicate completely different layout of bpf_tunnel_key.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We simplify the link creation function tipc_link_create() and the way
the link struct it is connected to the node struct. In particular, we
remove the duplicate initialization of some fields which are anyway set
in tipc_link_reset().
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when we extract small messages from a message bundle, or
when many messages have accumulated in the link arrival queue, those
messages are added one by one to the lock protected link input queue.
This may increase contention with the reader of that queue, in
the function tipc_sk_rcv().
This commit introduces a temporary, unprotected input queue in
tipc_link_rcv() for such cases. Only when the arrival queue has been
emptied, and the function is ready to return, does it splice the whole
temporary queue into the real input queue.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the most recent changes, all access calls to a link which
may entail addition of messages to the link's input queue are
postpended by an explicit call to tipc_sk_rcv(), using a reference
to the correct queue.
This means that the potentially hazardous implicit delivery, using
tipc_node_unlock() in combination with a binary flag and a cached
queue pointer, now has become redundant.
This commit removes this implicit delivery mechanism both for regular
data messages and for binding table update messages.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to facilitate future improvements to the locking structure, we
want to make resetting and establishing of links non-atomic. I.e., the
functions tipc_node_link_up() and tipc_node_link_down() should be called
from outside the node lock context, and grab/release the node lock
themselves. This requires that we can freeze the link state from the
moment it is set to RESETTING or PEER_RESET in one lock context until
it is set to RESET or ESTABLISHING in a later context. The recently
introduced link FSM makes this possible, so we are now ready to introduce
the above change.
This commit implements this.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The node lock is currently grabbed and and released in the function
tipc_disc_rcv() in the file discover.c. As a preparation for the next
commits, we need to move this node lock handling, along with the code
area it is covering, to node.c.
This commit introduces this change.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, we have been handling link failover and synchronization
by using an additional link state variable, "exec_mode". This variable
is not independent of the link FSM state, something causing a risk of
inconsistencies, apart from the fact that it clutters the code.
The conditions are now in place to define a new link FSM that covers
all existing use cases, including failover and synchronization, and
eliminate the "exec_mode" field altogether. The FSM must also support
non-atomic resetting of links, which will be introduced later.
The new link FSM is shown below, with 7 states and 8 events.
Only events leading to state change are shown as edges.
+------------------------------------+
|RESET_EVT |
| |
| +--------------+
| +-----------------| SYNCHING |-----------------+
| |FAILURE_EVT +--------------+ PEER_RESET_EVT|
| | A | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |SYNCH_ |SYNCH_ |
| | |BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |
| | | | |
| V | V V
| +-------------+ +--------------+ +------------+
| | RESETTING |<---------| ESTABLISHED |--------->| PEER_RESET |
| +-------------+ FAILURE_ +--------------+ PEER_ +------------+
| | EVT | A RESET_EVT |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | +--------------+ | |
| RESET_EVT| |RESET_EVT |ESTABLISH_EVT |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| V V | |
| +-------------+ +--------------+ RESET_EVT|
+--->| RESET |--------->| ESTABLISHING |<----------------+
+-------------+ PEER_ +--------------+
| A RESET_EVT |
| | |
| | |
|FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_ |FAILOVER_
|BEGIN_EVT |END_EVT |BEGIN_EVT
| | |
V | |
+-------------+ |
| FAILINGOVER |<----------------+
+-------------+
These changes are fully backwards compatible.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The implementation of the link FSM currently takes decisions about and
sends out link protocol messages. This is unnecessary, since such
actions are not the result of any link state change, and are even
decided based on non-FSM state information ("silent_intv_cnt").
We now move the sending of unicast link protocol messages to the
function tipc_link_timeout(), and the initial broadcast synchronization
message to tipc_node_link_up(). The latter is done because a link
instance should not need to know whether it is the first or second
link to a destination. Such information is now restricted to and
handled by the link aggregation layer in node.c
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link failover and synchronization have until now been handled by the
links themselves, forcing them to have knowledge about and to access
parallel links in order to make the two algorithms work correctly.
In this commit, we move the control part of this functionality to the
link aggregation level in node.c, which is the right location for this.
As a result, the two algorithms become easier to follow, and the link
implementation becomes simpler.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many cases the call order when a link is reset goes as follows:
tipc_node_xx()->tipc_link_reset()->tipc_node_link_down()
This is not the right order if we want the node to be in control,
so in this commit we change the order to:
tipc_node_xx()->tipc_node_link_down()->tipc_link_reset()
The fact that tipc_link_reset() now is called from only one
location with a well-defined state will also facilitate later
simplifications of tipc_link_reset() and the link FSM.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In line with our effort to let the node level have full control over
its links, we want to move all link reset calls from link.c to node.c.
Some of the calls can be moved by simply moving the calling function,
when this is the right thing to do. For the remaining calls we use
the now established technique of returning a TIPC_LINK_DOWN_EVT
flag from tipc_link_rcv(), whereafter we perform the reset call when
the call returns.
This change serves as a preparation for the coming commits.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function tipc_link_activate() is redundant, since it mostly performs
settings that have already been done in a preceding tipc_link_reset().
There are three exceptions to this:
- The actual state change to TIPC_LINK_WORKING. This should anyway be done
in the FSM, and not in a separate function.
- Registration of the link with the bearer. This should be done by the
node, since we don't want the link to have any knowledge about its
specific bearer.
- Call to tipc_node_link_up() for user access registration. With the new
role distribution between link aggregation and link level this becomes
the wrong call order; tipc_node_link_up() should instead be called
directly as a result of a TIPC_LINK_UP event, hence by the node itself.
This commit implements those changes.
Tested-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-07-30
Here's a set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches intended for the 4.3 kernel.
- Cleanups & fixes to mac802154
- Refactoring of Intel Bluetooth HCI driver
- Various coding style fixes to Bluetooth HCI drivers
- Support for Intel Lightning Peak Bluetooth devices
- Generic class code in interface descriptor in btusb to match more HW
- Refactoring of Bluetooth HS code together with a new config option
- Support for BCM4330B1 Broadcom UART controller
Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newsk returned by sk_clone_lock should hold a get_net()
reference if, and only if, the parent is not a kernel socket
(making this similar to sk_alloc()).
E.g,. for the SYN_RECV path, tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock->..inet_csk_clone_lock
sets up the syn_recv newsk from sk_clone_lock. When the parent (listen)
socket is a kernel socket (defined in sk_alloc() as having
sk_net_refcnt == 0), then the newsk should also have a 0 sk_net_refcnt
and should not hold a get_net() reference.
Fixes: 26abe14379 ("net: Modify sk_alloc to not reference count the
netns of kernel sockets.")
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6fd99094de ("ipv6: Don't reduce hop limit for an interface")
disabled accept hop limit from RA if it is smaller than the current hop
limit for security stuff. But this behavior kind of break the RFC definition.
RFC 4861, 6.3.4. Processing Received Router Advertisements
A Router Advertisement field (e.g., Cur Hop Limit, Reachable Time,
and Retrans Timer) may contain a value denoting that it is
unspecified. In such cases, the parameter should be ignored and the
host should continue using whatever value it is already using.
If the received Cur Hop Limit value is non-zero, the host SHOULD set
its CurHopLimit variable to the received value.
So add sysctl option accept_ra_min_hop_limit to let user choose the minimum
hop limit value they can accept from RA. And set default to 1 to meet RFC
standards.
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action
outside"), we end up with a wrong reference count for a tc action.
Test case 1:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
BAR="1,6 0 0 4294967294,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 \
action bpf bytecode "$FOO"
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$BAR" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967294' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions replace action bpf bytecode "$FOO" index 1
tc actions show action bpf
action order 0: bpf bytecode '1,6 0 0 4294967295' default-action pipe
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
Test case 2:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 2 bind 1
tc actions add action drop index 1
RTNETLINK answers: File exists [...]
tc actions show action gact
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 3 bind 1
What happens is that in tcf_hash_check(), we check tcf_common for a given
index and increase tcfc_refcnt and conditionally tcfc_bindcnt when we've
found an existing action. Now there are the following cases:
1) We do a late binding of an action. In that case, we leave the
tcfc_refcnt/tcfc_bindcnt increased and are done with the ->init()
handler. This is correctly handeled.
2) We replace the given action, or we try to add one without replacing
and find out that the action at a specific index already exists
(thus, we go out with error in that case).
In case of 2), we have to undo the reference count increase from
tcf_hash_check() in the tcf_hash_check() function. Currently, we fail to
do so because of the 'tcfc_bindcnt > 0' check which bails out early with
an -EPERM error.
Now, while commit 55334a5db5 prevents 'tc actions del action ...' on an
already classifier-bound action to drop the reference count (which could
then become negative, wrap around etc), this restriction only accounts for
invocations outside a specific action's ->init() handler.
One possible solution would be to add a flag thus we possibly trigger
the -EPERM ony in situations where it is indeed relevant.
After the patch, above test cases have correct reference count again.
Fixes: 55334a5db5 ("net_sched: act: refuse to remove bound action outside")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix a possible race after calling register_netdev. After
calling netdev_register it could be possible that netdev_ops callbacks
use the uninitialized private data of lowpan_dev. By moving the
initialization of this data before netdev_register we can be sure that
initialized private data is be used after netdev_register.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When transmitting a packet via a mac802154 driver that can sleep in
its transmit function, mac802154 defers the call to the driver's
transmit function to a per-device workqueue.
However, mac802154 uses a single global work_struct for this, which
means that if you have more than one registered mac802154 interface
in the system, and you transmit on more than one of them at the same
time, you'll very easily cause memory corruption.
This patch moves the deferred transmit processing state from global
variables to struct ieee802154_local, and this seems to fix the memory
corruption issue.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We recently changed this from nf_conntrack_alloc() to nf_ct_tmpl_alloc()
so the error handling needs to changed to check for NULL instead of
IS_ERR().
Fixes: 0838aa7fcf ('netfilter: fix netns dependencies with conntrack templates')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is no need to use the safe version of list_for_each here.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fix checkpatch.pl "ERROR: do not initialise statics to 0 or NULL" for
all statics explicitly initialized to 0.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@wvnet.at>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can use union for most of the temporary cruft (original ipv4/ipv6
address, source mac, physoutdev) since they're used during different
stages of br netfilter traversal.
Also get rid of the last two ->mask users.
Shrinks struct from 48 to 32 on 64bit arch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To avoid a2mp module hooks from hci_event.c and send
getinfo response operation only required by a2mp module,
we can move this callback to a2mp.c
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Move A2MP Module under BT_HS config option and allow
the user have flexible option to choose the feature only
they need
a2mp_discover_amp() & a2mp_channel_create() are a2mp module
entry point for master and slave, and this is dynamic
invoked depends on the userspace or remote request, then
we defined their implementation depends on BT_HS config
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently nf_conntrack_proto_sctp module handles only packets between
primary addresses used to establish the connection. Any packets between
secondary addresses are classified as invalid so that usual firewall
configurations drop them. Allowing HEARTBEAT and HEARTBEAT-ACK chunks to
establish a new conntrack would allow traffic between secondary
addresses to pass through. A more sophisticated solution based on the
addresses advertised in the initial handshake (and possibly also later
dynamic address addition and removal) would be much harder to implement.
Moreover, in general we cannot assume to always see the initial
handshake as it can be routed through a different path.
The patch adds two new conntrack states:
SCTP_CONNTRACK_HEARTBEAT_SENT - a HEARTBEAT chunk seen but not acked
SCTP_CONNTRACK_HEARTBEAT_ACKED - a HEARTBEAT acked by HEARTBEAT-ACK
State transition rules:
- HEARTBEAT_SENT responds to usual chunks the same way as NONE (so that
the behaviour changes as little as possible)
- HEARTBEAT_ACKED responds to usual chunks the same way as ESTABLISHED
does, except the resulting state is HEARTBEAT_ACKED rather than
ESTABLISHED
- previously existing states except NONE are preserved when HEARTBEAT or
HEARTBEAT-ACK is seen
- NONE (in the initial direction) changes to HEARTBEAT_SENT on HEARTBEAT
and to CLOSED on HEARTBEAT-ACK
- HEARTBEAT_SENT changes to HEARTBEAT_ACKED on HEARTBEAT-ACK in the
reply direction
- HEARTBEAT_SENT and HEARTBEAT_ACKED are preserved on HEARTBEAT and
HEARTBEAT-ACK otherwise
Normally, vtag is set from the INIT chunk for the reply direction and
from the INIT-ACK chunk for the originating direction (i.e. each of
these defines vtag value for the opposite direction). For secondary
conntracks, we can't rely on seeing INIT/INIT-ACK and even if we have
seen them, we would need to connect two different conntracks. Therefore
simplified logic is applied: vtag of first packet in each direction
(HEARTBEAT in the originating and HEARTBEAT-ACK in reply direction) is
saved and all following packets in that direction are compared with this
saved value. While INIT and INIT-ACK define vtag for the opposite
direction, vtags extracted from HEARTBEAT and HEARTBEAT-ACK are always
for their direction.
Default timeout values for new states are
HEARTBEAT_SENT: 30 seconds (default hb_interval)
HEARTBEAT_ACKED: 210 seconds (hb_interval * path_max_retry + max_rto)
(We cannot expect to see the shutdown sequence so that, unlike
ESTABLISHED, the HEARTBEAT_ACKED timeout shouldn't be too long.)
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since 88eab472ec ("netfilter: conntrack: adjust nf_conntrack_buckets default
value"), the hashtable can easily hit this warning. We got reports from users
that are getting this message in a quite spamming fashion, so better silence
this.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
This readds the config option CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH_VXLAN to avoid a
hard dependency of OVS on VXLAN. It moves the VXLAN config compat
code to vport-vxlan.c and allows compliation as a module.
Fixes: 614732eaa1 ("openvswitch: Use regular VXLAN net_device device")
Fixes: 2661371ace ("openvswitch: fix compilation when vxlan is a module")
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is the IPv6 equivalent of commit
6c8b4e3ff8 ("arp: flush arp cache on IFF_NOARP change")
Without it, we keep buggy neighbours in the cache, with destination
MAC address equal to our own MAC address.
Tested:
tcpdump -i eth0 -s 0 ip6 -n -e &
ip link set dev eth0 arp off
ping6 remote // sends buggy frames
ip link set dev eth0 arp on
ping6 remote // should work once kernel is patched
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Mario Fanelli <mariofanelli@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field pktgen_dev.allocated_skbs had been written to, but never read
from. The number of allocated skbs can be deduced anyway, from the total
number of sent packets and the 'clone_skb' param.
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Hamciuc <bogdan.hamciuc@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate enough space so as not to force the outgoing net device to do
skb_realloc_headroom().
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Hamciuc <bogdan.hamciuc@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any external user should use the registration API instead of
accessing this directly.
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates sk_set_txhash and eliminates protocol specific
inet_set_txhash and ip6_set_txhash. sk_set_txhash simply sets a
random number instead of performing flow dissection. sk_set_txash
is also allowed to be called multiple times for the same socket,
we'll need this when redoing the hash for negative routing advice.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit d999297c3d
("tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception") we introduced
a new function tipc_build_bcast_sync_msg(), which carries initial
synchronization data between two nodes at first contact and at
re-contact. In this function, we missed to add synchronization data,
with the effect that the broadcast link endpoints will fail to
synchronize correctly at re-contact between a running and a restarted
node. All other cases work as intended.
With this commit, we fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow e8e85cc5eb ("packet: remove handling of tx_ring") and remove
the tx_ring parameter from prb_shutdown_retire_blk_timer() as it is only
called with tx_ring = 0.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since mdb states were introduced when deleting an entry the state was
left as it was set in the delete request from the user which leads to
the following output when doing a monitor (for example):
$ bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
(monitor) dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
$ bridge mdb del dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
(monitor) dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 temp
^^^
Note the "temp" state in the delete notification which is wrong since
the entry was permanent, the state in a delete is always reported as
"temp" regardless of the real state of the entry.
After this patch:
$ bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
(monitor) dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
$ bridge mdb del dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
(monitor) dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
There's one important note to make here that the state is actually not
matched when doing a delete, so one can delete a permanent entry by
stating "temp" in the end of the command, I've chosen this fix in order
not to break user-space tools which rely on this (incorrect) behaviour.
So to give an example after this patch and using the wrong state:
$ bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
(monitor) dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
$ bridge mdb del dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 temp
(monitor) dev br0 port eth3 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
Note the state of the entry that got deleted is correct in the
notification.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: ccb1c31a7a ("bridge: add flags to distinguish permanent mdb entires")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fast leave is configured on a bridge port and an IGMP leave is
received for a group, the group is not deleted immediately if there is
a router detected or if multicast querier is configured.
Ideally the group should be deleted immediately when fast leave is
configured.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several devices that can receive vlan tagged packets with
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL like tap, possibly veth and xennet.
When (multiple) vlan tagged packets with CHECKSUM_PARTIAL are forwarded
by bridge to a device with the IP_CSUM feature, they end up with checksum
error because before entering bridge, the network header is set to
ETH_HLEN (not including vlan header length) in __netif_receive_skb_core(),
get_rps_cpu(), or drivers' rx functions, and nobody fixes the pointer later.
Since the network header is exepected to be ETH_HLEN in flow-dissection
and hash-calculation in RPS in rx path, and since the header pointer fix
is needed only in tx path, set the appropriate network header on forwarding
packets.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tpacket_fill_skb() can return a negative value (-errno) which
is stored in tp_len variable. In that case the following
condition will be (but shouldn't be) true:
tp_len > dev->mtu + dev->hard_header_len
as dev->mtu and dev->hard_header_len are both unsigned.
That may lead to just returning an incorrect EMSGSIZE errno
to the user.
Fixes: 52f1454f62 ("packet: allow to transmit +4 byte in TX_RING slot for VLAN case")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When arp is off on a device, and ioctl(SIOCGARP) is queried,
a buggy answer is given with MAC address of the device, instead
of the mac address of the destination/gateway.
We filter out NUD_NOARP neighbours for /proc/net/arp,
we must do the same for SIOCGARP ioctl.
Tested:
lpaa23:~# ./arp 10.246.7.190
MAC=00:01:e8:22:cb:1d // correct answer
lpaa23:~# ip link set dev eth0 arp off
lpaa23:~# cat /proc/net/arp # check arp table is now 'empty'
IP address HW type Flags HW address Mask Device
lpaa23:~# ./arp 10.246.7.190
MAC=00:1a:11:c3:0d:7f // buggy answer before patch (this is eth0 mac)
After patch :
lpaa23:~# ip link set dev eth0 arp off
lpaa23:~# ./arp 10.246.7.190
ioctl(SIOCGARP) failed: No such device or address
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Vytautas Valancius <valas@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This notification causes the FIB to be updated, which is not needed
because the address already exists, and more importantly it may undo
intentional changes that were made to the FIB after the address was
originally added. (As a point of comparison, when an address becomes
deprecated because its preferred lifetime expired, a notification on
this chain is not generated.)
The motivation for this commit is fixing an incompatibility between
DHCP clients which set and update the address lifetime according to
the lease, and a commercial VPN client which replaces kernel routes
in a way that outbound traffic is sent only through the tunnel (and
disconnects if any further route changes are detected via netlink).
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These should be handled only by the respective STP which is in control.
They become problematic for devices with limited resources with many
ports because the hold_timer is per port and fires each second and the
hello timer fires each 2 seconds even though it's global. While in
user-space STP mode these timers are completely unnecessary so it's better
to keep them off.
Also ensure that when the bridge is up these timers are started only when
running with kernel STP.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Highlights include:
Stable patches:
- Fix a situation where the client uses the wrong (zero) stateid.
- Fix a memory leak in nfs_do_recoalesce
Bugfixes:
- Plug a memory leak when ->prepare_layoutcommit fails
- Fix an Oops in the NFSv4 open code
- Fix a backchannel deadlock
- Fix a livelock in sunrpc when sendmsg fails due to low memory availability
- Don't revalidate the mapping if both size and change attr are up to date
- Ensure we don't miss a file extension when doing pNFS
- Several fixes to handle NFSv4.1 sequence operation status bits correctly
- Several pNFS layout return bugfixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wlUD
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.2-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable patches:
- Fix a situation where the client uses the wrong (zero) stateid.
- Fix a memory leak in nfs_do_recoalesce
Bugfixes:
- Plug a memory leak when ->prepare_layoutcommit fails
- Fix an Oops in the NFSv4 open code
- Fix a backchannel deadlock
- Fix a livelock in sunrpc when sendmsg fails due to low memory
availability
- Don't revalidate the mapping if both size and change attr are up to
date
- Ensure we don't miss a file extension when doing pNFS
- Several fixes to handle NFSv4.1 sequence operation status bits
correctly
- Several pNFS layout return bugfixes"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.2-2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (28 commits)
nfs: Fix an oops caused by using other thread's stack space in ASYNC mode
nfs: plug memory leak when ->prepare_layoutcommit fails
SUNRPC: Report TCP errors to the caller
sunrpc: translate -EAGAIN to -ENOBUFS when socket is writable.
NFSv4.2: handle NFS-specific llseek errors
NFS: Don't clear desc->pg_moreio in nfs_do_recoalesce()
NFS: Fix a memory leak in nfs_do_recoalesce
NFS: nfs_mark_for_revalidate should always set NFS_INO_REVAL_PAGECACHE
NFS: Remove the "NFS_CAP_CHANGE_ATTR" capability
NFS: Set NFS_INO_REVAL_PAGECACHE if the change attribute is uninitialised
NFS: Don't revalidate the mapping if both size and change attr are up to date
NFSv4/pnfs: Ensure we don't miss a file extension
NFSv4: We must set NFS_OPEN_STATE flag in nfs_resync_open_stateid_locked
SUNRPC: xprt_complete_bc_request must also decrement the free slot count
SUNRPC: Fix a backchannel deadlock
pNFS: Don't throw out valid layout segments
pNFS: pnfs_roc_drain() fix a race with open
pNFS: Fix races between return-on-close and layoutreturn.
pNFS: pnfs_roc_drain should return 'true' when sleeping
pNFS: Layoutreturn must invalidate all existing layout segments.
...
When binding a PF_PACKET socket, the use count of the bound interface is
always increased with dev_hold in dev_get_by_{index,name}. However,
when rebound with the same protocol and device as in the previous bind
the use count of the interface was not decreased. Ultimately, this
caused the deletion of the interface to fail with the following message:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for dummy0 to become free. Usage count = 1
This patch moves the dev_put out of the conditional part that was only
executed when either the protocol or device changed on a bind.
Fixes: 902fefb82e ('packet: improve socket create/bind latency in some cases')
Signed-off-by: Lars Westerhoff <lars.westerhoff@newtec.eu>
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was reported that update_suffix was taking a long time on systems where
a large number of leaves were attached to a single node. As it turns out
fib_table_flush was calling update_suffix for each leaf that didn't have all
of the aliases stripped from it. As a result, on this large node removing
one leaf would result in us calling update_suffix for every other leaf on
the node.
The fix is to just remove the calls to leaf_pull_suffix since they are
redundant as we already have a call in resize that will go through and
update the suffix length for the node before we exit out of
fib_table_flush or fib_table_flush_external.
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The networking layer does not reliably report the distinction between
a non-block write failing because:
1/ the queue is too full already and
2/ a memory allocation attempt failed.
The distinction is important because in the first case it is
appropriate to retry as soon as the socket reports that it is
writable, and in the second case a small delay is required as the
socket will most likely report as writable but kmalloc could still
fail.
sk_stream_wait_memory() exhibits this distinction nicely, setting
'vm_wait' if a small wait is needed. However in the non-blocking case
it always returns -EAGAIN no matter the cause of the failure. This
-EAGAIN call get all the way to sunrpc.
The sunrpc layer expects EAGAIN to indicate the first cause, and
ENOBUFS to indicate the second. Various documentation suggests that
this is not unreasonable, but does not guarantee the desired error
codes.
The result of getting -EAGAIN when -ENOBUFS is expected is that the
send is tried again in a tight loop and soft lockups are reported.
so: add tests after calls to xs_sendpages() to translate -EAGAIN into
-ENOBUFS if the socket is writable. This cannot happen inside
xs_sendpages() as the test for "is socket writable" is different
between TCP and UDP.
With this change, the tight loop retrying xs_sendpages() becomes a
loop which only retries every 250ms, and so will not trigger a
soft-lockup warning.
It is possible that the write did fail because the queue was too full
and by the time xs_sendpages() completed, the queue was writable
again. In this case an extra 250ms delay is inserted that isn't
really needed. This circumstance suggests a degree of congestion so a
delay is not necessarily a bad thing, and it can only cause a single
250ms delay, not a series of them.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
kfree_skb() is correct here.
Fixes: ffce41962e ('lwtunnel: support dst output redirect function')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing experiments with reordering resilience, we found
linux senders were not able to send at full speed under reordering,
because every incoming SACK was releasing one MSS.
This patch removes the limitation, as we did for CWR state
in commit a0ea700e40 ("tcp: tso: allow CA_CWR state in
tcp_tso_should_defer()")
Neal Cardwell had a concern about limited transmit so
Yuchung conducted experiments on GFE and found nothing
worth adding an extra check on fast path :
if (icsk->icsk_ca_state == TCP_CA_Disorder &&
tcp_sk(sk)->reordering == sysctl_tcp_reordering)
goto send_now;
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch checks neigh->nud_state before acquiring the writer lock.
Note that rt6_probe() is only used in CONFIG_IPV6_ROUTER_PREF.
40 udpflood processes and a /64 gateway route are used.
The gateway has NUD_PERMANENT. Each of them is run for 30s.
At the end, the total number of finished sendto():
Before: 55M
After: 95M
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
CC: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
CC: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is a prep work for the next patch to remove write_lock
from rt6_probe().
1. Reduce the number of if(neigh) check. From 4 to 1.
2. Bring the write_(un)lock() closer to the operations that the
lock is protecting.
Hopefully, the above make rt6_probe() more readable.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tcp_recvmsg enters a busy loop in sk_wait_data if called
with flags = MSG_WAITALL | MSG_PEEK.
sk_wait_data waits for sk_receive_queue not empty, but in this case,
the receive queue is not empty, but does not contain any skb that we
can use.
Add a "last skb seen on receive queue" argument to sk_wait_data, so
that it sleeps until the receive queue has new skbs.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=99461
Link: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18493
Link: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1205258
Reported-by: Enrico Scholz <rh-bugzilla@ensc.de>
Reported-by: Dan Searle <dan@censornet.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It saves some lines and simplify a bit the code when the state is returning
by this function. It's also useful to handle a NULL entry.
To avoid too long lines, I've also renamed lwtunnel_state_get() and
lwtunnel_state_put() to lwtstate_get() and lwtstate_put().
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to copy this field (ip6_rt_cache_alloc() and ip6_rt_pcpu_alloc()
use ip6_rt_copy_init() to build a dst).
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: 19e42e4515 ("ipv6: support for fib route lwtunnel encap attributes")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function make sense only when LWTUNNEL_STATE_OUTPUT_REDIRECT is set.
The check is already done in IPv4.
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: 74a0f2fe8e ("ipv6: rt6_info output redirect to tunnel output")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following typo
- unchainged -> unchanged
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2015-07-23
Here's another one-patch pull request for 4.2 which targets a potential
NULL pointer dereference in the LE Security Manager code that can be
triggered by using older user space tools. The issue has been there
since 4.0 so there's the appropriate "Cc: stable" in place.
Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send notifications on router port add and del/expire, re-use the already
existing MDBA_ROUTER and send NEWMDB/DELMDB netlink notifications
respectively.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retrieve the tunnel metadata for packets received by a net_device and
provide it to ovs_vport_receive() for flow key extraction.
[This hunk was in the GRE patch in the initial series and missed the
cut for the initial submission for merging.]
Fixes: 614732eaa1 ("openvswitch: Use regular VXLAN net_device device")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can simply remove the INET_FRAG_EVICTED flag to avoid all the flags
race conditions with the evictor and use a participation test for the
evictor list, when we're at that point (after inet_frag_kill) in the
timer there're 2 possible cases:
1. The evictor added the entry to its evictor list while the timer was
waiting for the chainlock
or
2. The timer unchained the entry and the evictor won't see it
In both cases we should be able to see list_evictor correctly due
to the sync on the chainlock.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frank reports 'NMI watchdog: BUG: soft lockup' errors when
load is high. Instead of (potentially) unbounded restarts of the
eviction process, just skip to the next entry.
One caveat is that, when a netns is exiting, a timer may still be running
by the time inet_evict_bucket returns.
We use the frag memory accounting to wait for outstanding timers,
so that when we free the percpu counter we can be sure no running
timer will trip over it.
Reported-and-tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup patch will call it after inet_frag_queue was freed, so q->net
doesn't work anymore (but netf = q->net; free(q); mem_limit(netf) would).
Tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 65ba1f1ec0 ("inet: frags: fix a race between inet_evict_bucket
and inet_frag_kill") describes the bug, but the fix doesn't work reliably.
Problem is that ->flags member can be set on other cpu without chainlock
being held by that task, i.e. the RMW-Cycle can clear INET_FRAG_EVICTED
bit after we put the element on the evictor private list.
We can crash when walking the 'private' evictor list since an element can
be deleted from list underneath the evictor.
Join work with Nikolay Alexandrov.
Fixes: b13d3cbfb8 ("inet: frag: move eviction of queues to work queue")
Reported-by: Johan Schuijt <johan@transip.nl>
Tested-by: Frank Schreuder <fschreuder@transip.nl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Alexandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_VXLAN=m and CONFIG_OPENVSWITCH=y, there was the following
compilation error:
LD init/built-in.o
net/built-in.o: In function `vxlan_tnl_create':
.../net/openvswitch/vport-netdev.c:322: undefined reference to `vxlan_dev_create'
make: *** [vmlinux] Error 1
CC: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Fixes: 614732eaa1 ("openvswitch: Use regular VXLAN net_device device")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we do not notice if new alternative gateways
are added. We can do it by checking for present neigh
entry. Also, gateways that are currently probed (NUD_INCOMPLETE)
can be skipped from round-robin probing.
Suggested-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar check was added in ip_rcv but not in ipv6_rcv.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<ffffffff81734e0a>] ipv6_rcv+0xfa/0x500
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff816c9786>] ? ip_rcv+0x296/0x400
[<ffffffff817732d2>] ? packet_rcv+0x52/0x410
[<ffffffff8168e99f>] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x63f/0x9a0
[<ffffffffc02b34a0>] ? br_handle_frame_finish+0x580/0x580 [bridge]
[<ffffffff8109912c>] ? update_rq_clock.part.81+0x1c/0x40
[<ffffffff8168ed18>] __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[<ffffffff8168fa1f>] process_backlog+0x9f/0x150
Fixes: ee122c79d4 (vxlan: Flow based tunneling)
Signed-off-by: Wei-Chun Chao <weichunc@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Back then when we added support for SCTP_SNDINFO/SCTP_RCVINFO from
RFC6458 5.3.4/5.3.5, we decided to add a deprecation warning for the
(as per RFC deprecated) SCTP_SNDRCV via commit bbbea41d5e ("net:
sctp: deprecate rfc6458, 5.3.2. SCTP_SNDRCV support"), see [1].
Imho, it was not a good idea, and we should just revert that message
for a couple of reasons:
1) It's uapi and therefore set in stone forever.
2) To be able to run on older and newer kernels, an SCTP application
would need to probe for both, SCTP_SNDRCV, but also SCTP_SNDINFO/
SCTP_RCVINFO support, so that on older kernels, it can make use
of SCTP_SNDRCV, and on newer kernels SCTP_SNDINFO/SCTP_RCVINFO.
In my (limited) experience, a lot of SCTP appliances are migrating
to newer kernels only ve(ee)ry slowly.
3) Some people don't have the chance to change their applications,
f.e. due to proprietary legacy stuff. So, they'll hit this warning
in fast path and are stuck with older kernels.
But i.e. due to point 1) I really fail to see the benefit of a warning.
So just revert that for now, the issue was reported up Jamal.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/321960/
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Michael Tuexen <tuexen@fh-muenster.de>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a message is received in a socket, one of the call chains
tipc_sk_rcv()->tipc_sk_enqueue()->filter_rcv()(->tipc_sk_proto_rcv())
or
tipc_sk_backlog_rcv()->filter_rcv()(->tipc_sk_proto_rcv())
are followed. At each of these levels we may encounter situations
where the message may need to be rejected, or a new message
produced for transfer back to the sender. Despite recent
improvements, the current code for doing this is perceived
as awkward and hard to follow.
Leveraging the two previous commits in this series, we now
introduce a more uniform handling of such situations. We
let each of the functions in the chain itself produce/reverse
the message to be returned to the sender, but also perform the
actual forwarding. This simplifies the necessary logics within
each function.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we use the code sequence
if (msg_reverse())
tipc_link_xmit_skb()
at numerous locations in socket.c. The preparation of arguments
for these calls, as well as the sequence itself, makes the code
unecessarily complex.
In this commit, we introduce a new function, tipc_sk_respond(),
that performs this call combination. We also replace some, but not
yet all, of these explicit call sequences with calls to the new
function. Notably, we let the function tipc_sk_proto_rcv() use
the new function to directly send out PROBE_REPLY messages,
instead of deferring this to the calling tipc_sk_rcv() function,
as we do now.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The shortest TIPC message header, for cluster local CONNECTED messages,
is 24 bytes long. With this format, the fields "dest_node" and
"orig_node" are optimized away, since they in reality are redundant
in this particular case.
However, the absence of these fields leads to code inconsistencies
that are difficult to handle in some cases, especially when we need
to reverse or reject messages at the socket layer.
In this commit, we concentrate the handling of the absent fields
to one place, by letting the function tipc_msg_reverse() reallocate
the buffer and expand the header to 32 bytes when necessary. This
means that the socket code now can assume that the two previously
absent fields are present in the header when a message needs to be
rejected. This opens up for some further simplifications of the
socket code.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since slave_changelink support was added there have been a few race
conditions when using br_setport() since some of the port functions it
uses require the bridge lock. It is very easy to trigger a lockup due to
some internal spin_lock() usage without bh disabled, also it's possible to
get the bridge into an inconsistent state.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: 3ac636b859 ("bridge: implement rtnl_link_ops->slave_changelink")
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains ten Netfilter/IPVS fixes, they are:
1) Address refcount leak when creating an expectation from the ctnetlink
interface.
2) Fix bug splat in the IDLETIMER target related to sysfs, from Dmitry
Torokhov.
3) Resolve panic for unreachable route in IPVS with locally generated
traffic in the output path, from Alex Gartrell.
4) Fix wrong source address in rare cases for tunneled traffic in IPVS,
from Julian Anastasov.
5) Fix crash if scheduler is changed via ipvsadm -E, again from Julian.
6) Make sure skb->sk is unset for forwarded traffic through IPVS, again from
Alex Gartrell.
7) Fix crash with IPVS sync protocol v0 and FTP, from Julian.
8) Reset sender cpu for forwarded traffic in IPVS, also from Julian.
9) Allocate template conntracks through kmalloc() to resolve netns dependency
problems with the conntrack kmem_cache.
10) Fix zones with expectations that clash using the same tuple, from Joe
Stringer.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the skbuff related structures are not correctly
refcount'ed.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes setting of vinfo.flags in the br_fill_ifvlaninfo_range() method. The
assignment of vinfo.flags &= ~BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN has no effect and is
unneeded, as vinfo.flags value is overriden by the immediately following
vinfo.flags = flags | BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END assignement.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_select_default considers alternative routes only when
res->fi is for the first alias in res->fa_head. In the
common case this can happen only when the initial lookup
matches the first alias with highest TOS value. This
prevents the alternative routes to require specific TOS.
This patch solves the problem as follows:
- routes that require specific TOS should be returned by
fib_select_default only when TOS matches, as already done
in fib_table_lookup. This rule implies that depending on the
TOS we can have many different lists of alternative gateways
and we have to keep the last used gateway (fa_default) in first
alias for the TOS instead of using single tb_default value.
- as the aliases are ordered by many keys (TOS desc,
fib_priority asc), we restrict the possible results to
routes with matching TOS and lowest metric (fib_priority)
and routes that match any TOS, again with lowest metric.
For example, packet with TOS 8 can not use gw3 (not lowest
metric), gw4 (different TOS) and gw6 (not lowest metric),
all other gateways can be used:
tos 8 via gw1 metric 2 <--- res->fa_head and res->fi
tos 8 via gw2 metric 2
tos 8 via gw3 metric 3
tos 4 via gw4
tos 0 via gw5
tos 0 via gw6 metric 1
Reported-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_trie starting from 4.1 can link fib aliases from
different prefixes in same list. Make sure the alternative
gateways are in same table and for same prefix (0) by
checking tb_id and fa_slen.
Fixes: 79e5ad2ceb ("fib_trie: Remove leaf_info")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bugfixes and documentation fixes. Igor's patch that allows
users to tweak memory table size is borderline,
but it does fix known crashes, so I merged it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVpBzpAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpQXEIAMEqetqPuRduynjIw2HNktle
fe/UUhvipwTsAM4R2pmcEl5tW04A/M54RkXN4iVy0rPshAfG3Fh4XTjLmzSGU0fI
KD6qX8/Zc/+DUWnfe3aUC6jOOrjb7c4xRKOlQ9X8lZgi2M6AzrPeoZHFTtbX34CU
2kcnv5Sb1SaI/t2SaCc2CaKilQalEOcd59gGjje2QXjidZnIVHwONrOyjBiINUy6
GzfTgvAje8ZiG6951W3HDwwSfcqXezin27LJqnZgaLCwTCKt2gdQ2MAKjrfP2aVF
+gX2B4XxcFLutMVx/obsjvA1ceipubyUauRLB3mnO3P5VOj1qbofa2lj4pzQ80k=
=EKPr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost fixes from Michael Tsirkin:
"Bugfixes and documentation fixes.
Igor's patch that allows users to tweak memory table size is
borderline, but it does fix known crashes, so I merged it"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
vhost: add max_mem_regions module parameter
vhost: extend memory regions allocation to vmalloc
9p/trans_virtio: reset virtio device on remove
virtio/s390: rename drivers/s390/kvm -> drivers/s390/virtio
MAINTAINERS: separate section for s390 virtio drivers
virtio: define virtio_pci_cfg_cap in header.
virtio: Fix typecast of pointer in vring_init()
virtio scsi: fix unused variable warning
vhost: use binary search instead of linear in find_region()
virtio_net: document VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_GUEST_OFFLOADS
Move IRK checking logic in preparation to new connect method. Also
make sure that MGMT_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMS is returned when non
identity address is passed to ADD_DEVICE. Right now MGMT_STATUS_FAILED
is returned, which might be misleading.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add a timeout to prevent the do while loop running in an
infinite loop. This ensures that the channel will be
instructed to close within 10 seconds so prevents
l2cap_sock_shutdown() getting stuck forever.
Returns -ENOLINK when the timeout is reached. The channel
will be subequently closed and not all data will be ACK'ed.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use msecs_to_jiffies() instead of using HZ so that it
is easier to specify the time in milliseconds.
Also add a #define L2CAP_WAIT_ACK_POLL_PERIOD to specify the 200ms
polling period so that it is defined in a single place.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add helpful BT_DBG debug to l2cap_sock_shutdown()
and __l2cap_wait_ack() so that the code flow can
be analysed.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use chan->state instead of chan->conn because waiting
for ACK's is only possible in the BT_CONNECTED state.
Also avoids reference to the conn structure so makes
locking easier.
Only call __l2cap_wait_ack() when the needed condition
of chan->unacked_frames > 0 && chan->state == BT_CONNECTED
is true and convert the while loop to a do while loop.
__l2cap_wait_ack() change the function prototype to
pass in the chan variable as chan is already available
in the calling function l2cap_sock_shutdown(). Avoids
locking issues.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During execution of l2cap_sock_shutdown() which might
sleep, the sk and chan structures can be in an unlocked
condition which potentially allows the structures to be
freed by other running threads. Therefore, there is a
possibility of a malfunction or memory reuse after being
freed.
Keep the sk and chan structures alive during the
execution of l2cap_sock_shutdown() by using their
respective hold and put functions. This allows the structures
to be freeable at the end of l2cap_sock_shutdown().
Signed-off-by: Kautuk Consul <Kautuk_Consul@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of passing ieee802154_hw pointer to ieee802154_rx,
we can directly pass the ieee802154_local pointer.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Right now there are no other users for ieee802154_rx()
in kernel. So lets remove EXPORT_SYMBOL() for this.
Also it moves the function prototype from global header
file to local header file.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces suspend and resume callbacks to mac802154. When
doing suspend we calling the stop driver callback which should stop the
receiving of frames. A transceiver should go into low-power mode then.
Calling resume will call the start driver callback, which starts receiving
again and allow to transmit frames.
This was tested only with the fakelb driver and a qemu vm by doing the
following commands:
echo "devices" > /sys/power/pm_test
echo "freeze" > /sys/power/state
while doing some high traffic between two fakelb phys.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch help to implement suspend/resume in mac802154, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds ieee802154_stop_device for preparing a utility function
to stop the ieee802154 device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the unused macro which was removed
with the rework of linux-wpan kernel.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch will generate the warning if the required driver ops
were not defined. Also it removes unnecessary debug message.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The iphc module depends on CONFIG_IPV6, because it's not very useful to
build the module without IPv6 support. Recently an user reported about
issues for setting an IPv6 address to a 6LoWPAN interface. The issues
was solved by modprobe the ipv6 module before. To avoid such user issues
we try to request the ipv6 module when the 6LoWPAN module is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a workaround for using the new nl802154 netlink
interface with the old ieee802154 netlink interface togehter. The
nl802154 currently supports no access for llsec layer, currently there
are users outside which are using both interfaces at the same time. This
patch adds a necessary call when addresses are updated.
Reported-by: Simon Vincent <simon.vincent@xsilon.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_conn->smp pointer may be NULL for various valid reasons where SMP has
failed to initialize properly. One such scenario is when crypto support is
missing, another when the adapter has been powered on through a legacy method.
The smp_conn_security() function should have the appropriate check for this
situation to avoid NULL pointer dereferences.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.0+
085db2c045 ("netfilter: Per network namespace netfilter hooks.") introduced a
new nf_hook_list that is global, so let's avoid this overlap.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
nf_unregister_net_hook() uses the nf_hook_ops fields as tuple to look up for
the corresponding hook in the list. However, we may have two hooks with exactly
the same configuration.
This shouldn't be a problem for nftables since every new chain has an unique
priv field set, but this may still cause us problems in the future, so better
address this problem now by keeping a reference to the original nf_hook_ops
structure to make sure we delete the right hook from nf_unregister_net_hook().
Fixes: 085db2c045 ("netfilter: Per network namespace netfilter hooks.")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Convert the module_init() to a invocation from inet_init() since
ip_tunnel_core is part of the INET built-in.
Fixes: 3093fbe7ff ("route: Per route IP tunnel metadata via lightweight tunnel")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
br_mdb.c conflict was a function call being removed to fix a bug in
'net' but whose signature was changed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Don't use shared bluetooth antenna in iwlwifi driver for management
frames, from Emmanuel Grumbach.
2) Fix device ID check in ath9k driver, from Felix Fietkau.
3) Off by one in xen-netback BUG checks, from Dan Carpenter.
4) Fix IFLA_VF_PORT netlink attribute validation, from Daniel Borkmann.
5) Fix races in setting peeked bit flag in SKBs during datagram
receive. If it's shared we have to clone it otherwise the value can
easily be corrupted. Fix from Herbert Xu.
6) Revert fec clock handling change, causes regressions. From Fabio
Estevam.
7) Fix use after free in fq_codel and sfq packet schedulers, from WANG
Cong.
8) ipvlan bug fixes (memory leaks, missing rcu_dereference_bh, etc.)
from WANG Cong and Konstantin Khlebnikov.
9) Memory leak in act_bpf packet action, from Alexei Starovoitov.
10) ARM bpf JIT bug fixes from Nicolas Schichan.
11) Fix backwards compat of ANY_LAYOUT in virtio_net driver, from
Michael S Tsirkin.
12) Destruction of bond with different ARP header types not handled
correctly, fix from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
13) Revert GRO receive support in ipv6 SIT tunnel driver, causes
regressions because the GRO packets created cannot be processed
properly on the GSO side if we forward the frame. From Herbert Xu.
14) TCCR update race and other fixes to ravb driver from Sergei
Shtylyov.
15) Fix SKB leaks in caif_queue_rcv_skb(), from Eric Dumazet.
16) Fix panics on packet scheduler filter replace, from Daniel Borkmann.
17) Make sure AF_PACKET sees properly IP headers in defragmented frames
(via PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_DEFRAG option), from Edward Hyunkoo Jee.
18) AF_NETLINK cannot hold mutex in RCU callback, fix from Florian
Westphal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (84 commits)
ravb: fix ring memory allocation
net: phy: dp83867: Fix warning check for setting the internal delay
openvswitch: allocate nr_node_ids flow_stats instead of num_possible_nodes
netlink: don't hold mutex in rcu callback when releasing mmapd ring
ARM: net: fix vlan access instructions in ARM JIT.
ARM: net: handle negative offsets in BPF JIT.
ARM: net: fix condition for load_order > 0 when translating load instructions.
tcp: suppress a division by zero warning
drivers: net: cpsw: remove tx event processing in rx napi poll
inet: frags: fix defragmented packet's IP header for af_packet
net: mvneta: fix refilling for Rx DMA buffers
stmmac: fix setting of driver data in stmmac_dvr_probe
sched: cls_flow: fix panic on filter replace
sched: cls_flower: fix panic on filter replace
sched: cls_bpf: fix panic on filter replace
net/mdio: fix mdio_bus_match for c45 PHY
net: ratelimit warnings about dst entry refcount underflow or overflow
caif: fix leaks and race in caif_queue_rcv_skb()
qmi_wwan: add the second QMI/network interface for Sierra Wireless MC7305/MC7355
ravb: fix race updating TCCR
...
Calling xprt_complete_bc_request() effectively causes the slot to be allocated,
so it needs to decrement the backchannel free slot count as well.
Fixes: 0d2a970d0a ("SUNRPC: Fix a backchannel race")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
xprt_alloc_bc_request() cannot call xprt_free_bc_request() without
deadlocking, since it already holds the xprt->bc_pa_lock.
Reported-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Fixes: 0d2a970d0a ("SUNRPC: Fix a backchannel race")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Per RFC 6724, section 4, "Candidate Source Addresses":
It is RECOMMENDED that the candidate source addresses be the set
of unicast addresses assigned to the interface that will be used
to send to the destination (the "outgoing" interface).
Add a sysctl to enable this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix for:
net/mpls/mpls_iptunnel.c:73:19: sparse: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
remove incorrect rcu_dereference possibly left over from
earlier revisions of the code.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When zones were originally introduced, the expectation functions were
all extended to perform lookup using the zone. However, insertion was
not modified to check the zone. This means that two expectations which
are intended to apply for different connections that have the same tuple
but exist in different zones cannot both be tracked.
Fixes: 5d0aa2ccd4 (netfilter: nf_conntrack: add support for "conntrack zones")
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address.
If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some architectures like POWER can have a NUMA node_possible_map that
contains sparse entries. This causes memory corruption with openvswitch
since it allocates flow_cache with a multiple of num_possible_nodes() and
assumes the node variable returned by for_each_node will index into
flow->stats[node].
Use nr_node_ids to allocate a maximal sparse array instead of
num_possible_nodes().
The crash was noticed after 3af229f2 was applied as it changed the
node_possible_map to match node_online_map on boot.
Fixes: 3af229f207
Signed-off-by: Chris J Arges <chris.j.arges@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andrew Morton reported following warning on one ARM build
with gcc-4.4 :
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c: In function 'inet_ehash_locks_alloc':
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:617: warning: division by zero
Even guarded with a test on sizeof(spinlock_t), compiler does not
like current construct on a !CONFIG_SMP build.
Remove the warning by using a temporary variable.
Fixes: 095dc8e0c3 ("tcp: fix/cleanup inet_ehash_locks_alloc()")
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit d999297c3d
("tipc: reduce locking scope during packet reception") we introduced
a new function tipc_link_proto_rcv(). This function contains a bug,
so that it sometimes by error sends out a non-zero link priority value
in created protocol messages.
The bug may lead to an extra link reset at initial link establising
with older nodes. This will never happen more than once, whereafter
the link will work as intended.
We fix this bug in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_classid member is only required when CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
enabled. #ifdefify it to reduce the size of struct sock on 32 bit
systems, at least.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gets rid of all OVS specific VXLAN code in the receive and
transmit path by using a VXLAN net_device to represent the vport.
Only a small shim layer remains which takes care of handling the
VXLAN specific OVS Netlink configuration.
Unexports vxlan_sock_add(), vxlan_sock_release(), vxlan_xmit_skb()
since they are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to get rid of the get_name() vport ops later on.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the first step in representing all OVS vports as regular
struct net_devices. Move the net_device pointer into the vport
structure itself to get rid of struct vport_netdev.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize the new metadata dst to attach encapsulation instructions to
the skb. The existing egress_tun_info via the OVS_CB() is left in
place until all tunnel vports have been converted to the new method.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This add the ability to select a routing table based on the tunnel
id which allows to maintain separate routing tables for each virtual
tunnel network.
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 100 lookup 100
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 200 lookup 200
A new static key controls the collection of metadata at tunnel level
upon demand.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces a new IP tunnel lightweight tunnel type which allows
to specify IP tunnel instructions per route. Only IPv4 is supported
at this point.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new flowi_tunnel structure which is a subset of ip_tunnel_key to
allow routes to match on tunnel metadata. For now, the tunnel id is
added to flowi_tunnel which allows for routes to be bound to specific
virtual tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If output device wants to see the dst, inherit the dst of the
original skb and pass it on to generate the ARP request.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces a new dst_metadata which enables to carry per packet metadata
between forwarding and processing elements via the skb->dst pointer.
The structure is set up to be a union. Thus, each separate type of
metadata requires its own dst instance. If demand arises to carry
multiple types of metadata concurrently, metadata dst entries can be
made stackable.
The metadata dst entry is refcnt'ed as expected for now but a non
reference counted use is possible if the reference is forced before
queueing the skb.
In order to allow allocating dsts with variable length, the existing
dst_alloc() is split into a dst_alloc() and dst_init() function. The
existing dst_init() function to initialize the subsystem is being
renamed to dst_subsys_init() to make it clear what is what.
The check before ip_route_input() is changed to ignore metadata dsts
and drop the dst inside the routing function thus allowing to interpret
metadata in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_input() unconditionally overwrites the dst. Hide the original
dst attached to the skb by calling skb_dst_set(skb, NULL) prior to
ip_route_input().
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tunnel metadata data structures currently internal to
OVS and make them generic for use by all IP tunnels.
Both structures are kernel internal and will stay that way. Their
members are exposed to user space through individual Netlink
attributes by OVS. It will therefore be possible to extend/modify
these structures without affecting user ABI.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implementation uses lwtunnel infrastructure to register
hooks for mpls tunnel encaps.
It picks cues from iptunnel_encaps infrastructure and previous
mpls iptunnel RFC patches from Eric W. Biederman and Robert Shearman
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is similar to ipv4 redirect of dst output to lwtunnel
output function for encapsulation and xmit.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For input routes with tunnel encap state this patch redirects
dst output functions to lwtunnel_output which later resolves to
the corresponding lwtunnel output function.
This has been tested to work with mpls ip tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces lwtunnel_output function to call corresponding
lwtunnels output function to xmit the packet.
It adds two variants lwtunnel_output and lwtunnel_output6 for ipv4 and
ipv6 respectively today. But this is subject to change when lwtstate will
reside in dst or dst_metadata (as per upstream discussions).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support in ipv6 fib functions to parse Netlink
RTA encap attributes and attach encap state data to rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support in ipv4 fib functions to parse user
provided encap attributes and attach encap state data to fib_nh
and rtable.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides infrastructure to parse/dump/store encap information for
light weight tunnels like mpls. Encap information for such tunnels
is associated with fib routes.
This infrastructure is based on previous suggestions from
Eric Biederman to follow the xfrm infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ip_frag_queue() computes positions, it assumes that the passed
sk_buff does not contain L2 headers.
However, when PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_DEFRAG is used, IP reassembly
functions can be called on outgoing packets that contain L2 headers.
Also, IPv4 checksum is not corrected after reassembly.
Fixes: 7736d33f42 ("packet: Add pre-defragmentation support for ipv4 fanouts.")
Signed-off-by: Edward Hyunkoo Jee <edjee@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_flow:
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: handle 0x1 flow hash keys dst action ok
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
flow hash keys mark action drop
To be more precise, actually two different panics are fixed, the first
occurs because tcf_exts_init() is not called on the newly allocated
filter when we do a replace. And the second panic uncovered after that
happens since the arguments of list_replace_rcu() are swapped, the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 70da9f0bf9 ("net: sched: cls_flow use RCU")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_flower:
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: flower eth_type ipv4 action ok flowid 1:1
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
flower eth_type ipv6 action ok flowid 1:1
The problem is that commit 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
accidentally swapped the arguments of list_replace_rcu(), the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following test case causes a NULL pointer dereference in cls_bpf:
FOO="1,6 0 0 4294967295,"
tc filter add dev foo parent 1: bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action ok
tc filter replace dev foo parent 1: pref 49152 handle 0x1 \
bpf bytecode "$FOO" flowid 1:1 action drop
The problem is that commit 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
accidentally swapped the arguments of list_replace_rcu(), the old
element needs to be the first argument and the new element the second.
Fixes: 1f947bf151 ("net: sched: rcu'ify cls_bpf")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cookie ACK is always received by the association initiator, so fix the
comment to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In short, sctp is likely to incorrectly choose src address if socket is
bound to secondary addresses. This patch fixes it by adding a new check
that checks if such src address belongs to the interface that routing
identified as output.
This is enough to avoid rp_filter drops on remote peer.
Details:
Currently, sctp will do a routing attempt without specifying the src
address and compare the returned value (preferred source) with the
addresses that the socket is bound to. When using secondary addresses,
this will not match.
Then it will try specifying each of the addresses that the socket is
bound to and re-routing, checking if that address is valid as src for
that dst. Thing is, this check alone is weak:
# ip r l
192.168.100.0/24 dev eth1 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.100.149
192.168.122.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.122.147
# ip a l
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00
inet 127.0.0.1/8 scope host lo
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 ::1/128 scope host
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 52:54:00:15:18:6a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 192.168.122.147/24 brd 192.168.122.255 scope global dynamic eth0
valid_lft 2160sec preferred_lft 2160sec
inet 192.168.122.148/24 scope global secondary eth0
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::5054:ff:fe15:186a/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 52:54:00:b3:91:46 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 192.168.100.149/24 brd 192.168.100.255 scope global dynamic eth1
valid_lft 2162sec preferred_lft 2162sec
inet 192.168.100.148/24 scope global secondary eth1
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
inet6 fe80::5054:ff:feb3:9146/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
4: ens9: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP group default qlen 1000
link/ether 52:54:00:05:47:ee brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet6 fe80::5054:ff:fe05:47ee/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
# ip r g 192.168.100.193 from 192.168.122.148
192.168.100.193 from 192.168.122.148 dev eth1
cache
Even if you specify an interface:
# ip r g 192.168.100.193 from 192.168.122.148 oif eth1
192.168.100.193 from 192.168.122.148 dev eth1
cache
Although this would be valid, peers using rp_filter will drop such
packets as their src doesn't match the routes for that interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paves the day for the next patch. Functionality stays untouched.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Arik introduced an rtnl-locked regulatory API to be able
to differentiate between place do/don't have the RTNL;
this fixes missing locking in some of the code paths
2. Two small mesh bugfixes from Bob, one to avoid treating
a certain malformed over-the-air frame and one to avoid
sending a garbage field over the air.
3. A fix for powersave during WoWLAN suspend from Krishna Chaitanya.
4. A fix for a powersave vs. aggregation teardown race, from Michal.
5. Thomas reduced the loglevel of CRDA messages to avoid spamming
the kernel log with mostly irrelevant information.
6. Tom fixed a dangling debugfs directory pointer that could cause
crashes if subsequent addition of the same interface to debugfs
failed for some reason.
7. A fix from myself for a list corruption issue in mac80211 during
combined interface shutdown/removal - shut down interfaces first
and only then remove them to avoid that.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=US5Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-07-17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some fixes for the current cycle:
1. Arik introduced an rtnl-locked regulatory API to be able
to differentiate between place do/don't have the RTNL;
this fixes missing locking in some of the code paths
2. Two small mesh bugfixes from Bob, one to avoid treating
a certain malformed over-the-air frame and one to avoid
sending a garbage field over the air.
3. A fix for powersave during WoWLAN suspend from Krishna Chaitanya.
4. A fix for a powersave vs. aggregation teardown race, from Michal.
5. Thomas reduced the loglevel of CRDA messages to avoid spamming
the kernel log with mostly irrelevant information.
6. Tom fixed a dangling debugfs directory pointer that could cause
crashes if subsequent addition of the same interface to debugfs
failed for some reason.
7. A fix from myself for a list corruption issue in mac80211 during
combined interface shutdown/removal - shut down interfaces first
and only then remove them to avoid that.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel generates a lot of warnings when dst entry reference counter
overflows and becomes negative. That bug was seen several times at
machines with outdated 3.10.y kernels. Most like it's already fixed
in upstream. Anyway that flood completely kills machine and makes
further debugging impossible.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) If sk_filter() is applied, skb was leaked (not freed)
2) Testing SOCK_DEAD twice is racy :
packet could be freed while already queued.
3) Remove obsolete comment about caching skb->len
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
improve accuracy of timing in test_bpf and add two stress tests:
- {skb->data[0], get_smp_processor_id} repeated 2k times
- {skb->data[0], vlan_push} x 68 followed by {skb->data[0], vlan_pop} x 68
1st test is useful to test performance of JIT implementation of BPF_LD_ABS
together with BPF_CALL instructions.
2nd test is stressing skb_vlan_push/pop logic together with skb->data access
via BPF_LD_ABS insn which checks that re-caching of skb->data is done correctly.
In order to call bpf_skb_vlan_push() from test_bpf.ko have to add
three export_symbol_gpl.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow eBPF programs attached to TC qdiscs call skb_vlan_push/pop via
helper functions. These functions may change skb->data/hlen which are
cached by some JITs to improve performance of ld_abs/ld_ind instructions.
Therefore JITs need to recognize bpf_skb_vlan_push/pop() calls,
re-compute header len and re-cache skb->data/hlen back into cpu registers.
Note, skb->data/hlen are not directly accessible from the programs,
so any changes to skb->data done either by these helpers or by other
TC actions are safe.
eBPF JIT supported by three architectures:
- arm64 JIT is using bpf_load_pointer() without caching, so it's ok as-is.
- x64 JIT re-caches skb->data/hlen unconditionally after vlan_push/pop calls
(experiments showed that conditional re-caching is slower).
- s390 JIT falls back to interpreter for now when bpf_skb_vlan_push() is present
in the program (re-caching is tbd).
These helpers allow more scalable handling of vlan from the programs.
Instead of creating thousands of vlan netdevs on top of eth0 and attaching
TC+ingress+bpf to all of them, the program can be attached to eth0 directly
and manipulate vlans as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We convert packet/message reception according to the same principle
we have been using for message sending and timeout handling:
We move the function tipc_rcv() to node.c, hence handling the initial
packet reception at the link aggregation level. The function grabs
the node lock, selects the receiving link, and accesses it via a new
call tipc_link_rcv(). This function appends buffers to the input
queue for delivery upwards, but it may also append outgoing packets
to the xmit queue, just as we do during regular message sending. The
latter will happen when buffers are forwarded from the link backlog,
or when retransmission is requested.
Upon return of this function, and after having released the node lock,
tipc_rcv() delivers/tranmsits the contents of those queues, but it may
also perform actions such as link activation or reset, as indicated by
the return flags from the link.
This reduces the number of cpu cycles spent inside the node spinlock,
and reduces contention on that lock.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The logics for determining when a node is permitted to establish
and maintain contact with its peer node becomes non-trivial in the
presence of multiple parallel links that may come and go independently.
A known failure scenario is that one endpoint registers both its links
to the peer lost, cleans up it binding table, and prepares for a table
update once contact is re-establihed, while the other endpoint may
see its links reset and re-established one by one, hence seeing
no need to re-synchronize the binding table. To avoid this, a node
must not allow re-establishing contact until it has confirmation that
even the peer has lost both links.
Currently, the mechanism for handling this consists of setting and
resetting two state flags from different locations in the code. This
solution is hard to understand and maintain. A closer analysis even
reveals that it is not completely safe.
In this commit we do instead introduce an FSM that keeps track of
the conditions for when the node can establish and maintain links.
It has six states and four events, and is strictly based on explicit
knowledge about the own node's and the peer node's contact states.
Only events leading to state change are shown as edges in the figure
below.
+--------------+
| SELF_UP/ |
+---------------->| PEER_COMING |-----------------+
SELF_ | +--------------+ |PEER_
ESTBL_ | | |ESTBL_
CONTACT| SELF_LOST_CONTACT | |CONTACT
| v |
| +--------------+ |
| PEER_ | SELF_DOWN/ | SELF_ |
| LOST_ +--| PEER_LEAVING |<--+ LOST_ v
+-------------+ CONTACT | +--------------+ | CONTACT +-----------+
| SELF_DOWN/ |<----------+ +----------| SELF_UP/ |
| PEER_DOWN |<----------+ +----------| PEER_UP |
+-------------+ SELF_ | +--------------+ | PEER_ +-----------+
| LOST_ +--| SELF_LEAVING/|<--+ LOST_ A
| CONTACT | PEER_DOWN | CONTACT |
| +--------------+ |
| A |
PEER_ | PEER_LOST_CONTACT | |SELF_
ESTBL_ | | |ESTBL_
CONTACT| +--------------+ |CONTACT
+---------------->| PEER_UP/ |-----------------+
| SELF_COMING |
+--------------+
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In our effort to move control of the links to the link aggregation
layer, we move the perodic link supervision timer to struct tipc_node.
The new timer is shared between all links belonging to the node, thus
saving resources, while still kicking the FSM on both its pertaining
links at each expiration.
The current link timer and corresponding functions are removed.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We create a second, simpler, link timer function, tipc_link_timeout().
The new function makes use of the new FSM function introduced in the
previous commit, and just like it, takes a buffer queue as parameter.
It returns an event bit field and potentially a link protocol packet
to the caller.
The existing timer function, link_timeout(), is still needed for a
while, so we redesign it to become a wrapper around the new function.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link FSM implementation is currently unnecessarily complex.
It sometimes checks for conditional state outside the FSM data
before deciding next state, and often performs actions directly
inside the FSM logics.
In this commit, we create a second, simpler FSM implementation,
that as far as possible acts only on states and events that it is
strictly defined for, and postpone any actions until it is finished
with its decisions. It also returns an event flag field and an a
buffer queue which may potentially contain a protocol message to
be sent by the caller.
Unfortunately, we cannot yet make the FSM "clean", in the sense
that its decisions are only based on FSM state and event, and that
state changes happen only here. That will have to wait until the
activate/reset logics has been cleaned up in a future commit.
We also rename the link states as follows:
WORKING_WORKING -> TIPC_LINK_WORKING
WORKING_UNKNOWN -> TIPC_LINK_PROBING
RESET_UNKNOWN -> TIPC_LINK_RESETTING
RESET_RESET -> TIPC_LINK_ESTABLISHING
The existing FSM function, link_state_event(), is still needed for
a while, so we redesign it to make use of the new function.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for later changes, we introduce a new function
tipc_link_build_proto_msg(). Instead of actually sending the created
protocol message, it only creates it and adds it to the head of a
skb queue provided by the caller.
Since we still need the existing function tipc_link_protocol_xmit()
for a while, we redesign it to make use of the new function.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The status flag LINK_STOPPED is not needed any more, since the
mechanism for delayed deletion of links has been removed.
Likewise, LINK_STARTED and LINK_START_EVT are unnecessary,
because we can just as well start the link timer directly from
inside tipc_link_create().
We eliminate these flags in this commit.
Instead of the above flags, we now introduce three new link modes,
TIPC_LINK_OPEN, TIPC_LINK_BLOCKED and TIPC_LINK_TUNNEL. The values
indicate whether, and in the case of TIPC_LINK_TUNNEL, which, messages
the link is allowed to receive in this state. TIPC_LINK_BLOCKED also
blocks timer-driven protocol messages to be sent out, and any change
to the link FSM. Since the modes are mutually exclusive, we convert
them to state values, and rename the 'flags' field in struct tipc_link
to 'exec_mode'.
Finally, we move the #defines for link FSM states and events from link.h
into enums inside the file link.c, which is the real usage scope of
these definitions.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, message sending is performed through a deep call chain,
where the node spinlock is grabbed and held during a significant
part of the transmission time. This is clearly detrimental to
overall throughput performance; it would be better if we could send
the message after the spinlock has been released.
In this commit, we do instead let the call revert on the stack after
the buffer chain has been added to the transmission queue, whereafter
clones of the buffers are transmitted to the device layer outside the
spinlock scope.
As a further step in our effort to separate the roles of the node
and link entities we also move the function tipc_link_xmit() to
node.c, and rename it to tipc_node_xmit().
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the function tipc_link_xmit() is given a buffer list for
transmission, it currently consumes the list both when transmission
is successful and when it fails, except for the special case when
it encounters link congestion.
This behavior is inconsistent, and needs to be corrected if we want
to avoid problems in later commits in this series.
In this commit, we change this to let the function consume the list
only when transmission is successful, and leave the list with the
sender in all other cases. We also modifiy the socket code so that
it adapts to this change, i.e., purges the list when a non-congestion
error code is returned.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tipc_node currently holds two arrays of link pointers; one,
indexed by bearer identity, which contains all links irrespective of
current state, and one two-slot array for the currently active link
or links. The latter array contains direct pointers into the elements
of the former. This has the effect that we cannot know the bearer id of
a link when accessing it via the "active_links[]" array without actually
dereferencing the pointer, something we want to avoid in some cases.
In this commit, we do instead store the bearer identity in the
"active_links" array, and use this as an index to find the right element
in the overall link entry array. This change should be seen as a
preparation for the later commits in this series.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At present, the link input queue and the name distributor receive
queues are fields aggregated in struct tipc_link. This is a hazard,
because a link might be deleted while a receiving socket still keeps
reference to one of the queues.
This commit fixes this bug. However, rather than adding yet another
reference counter to the critical data path, we move the two queues
to safe ground inside struct tipc_node, which is already protected, and
let the link code only handle references to the queues. This is also
in line with planned later changes in this area.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a step towards turning links into node internal entities, we move the
creation of links from the neighbor discovery logics to the node's link
control logics.
We also create an additional entry for the link's media address in the
newly introduced struct tipc_link_entry, since this is where it is
needed in the upcoming commits. The current copy in struct tipc_link
is kept for now, but will be removed later.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct 'tipc_node' currently contains two arrays for link attributes,
one for the link pointers, and one for the usable link MTUs.
We now group those into a new struct 'tipc_link_entry', and intoduce
one single array consisting of such enties. Apart from being a cosmetic
improvement, this is a starting point for the strict master-slave
relation between node and link that we will introduce in the following
commits.
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->offload_fwd_mark and dev->offload_fwd_mark are 32-bit and should be
unique for device and may even be unique for a sub-set of ports within
device, so add switchdev helper function to generate unique marks based on
port's switch ID and group_ifindex. group_ifindex would typically be the
container dev's ifindex, such as the bridge's ifindex.
The generator uses a global hash table to store offload_fwd_marks hashed by
{switch ID, group_ifindex} key.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just before queuing skb for xmit on port, check if skb has been marked by
switchdev port driver as already fordwarded by device. If so, drop skb. A
non-zero skb->offload_fwd_mark field is set by the switchdev port
driver/device on ingress to indicate the skb has already been forwarded by
the device to egress ports with matching dev->skb_mark. The switchdev port
driver would assign a non-zero dev->offload_skb_mark for each device port
netdev during registration, for example.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts 19424e052f ("sit:
Add gro callbacks to sit_offload") because it generates packets
that cannot be handled even by our own GSO.
Reported-by: Wolfgang Walter <linux@stwm.de>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix:
net/bridge/br_if.c: In function 'br_dev_delete':
>> net/bridge/br_if.c:284:2: error: implicit declaration of function
>> 'br_multicast_dev_del' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
br_multicast_dev_del(br);
^
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
when igmp snooping is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newly created flows don't have flowi6_oif set (at least if the
associated socket is not interface-bound). This leads to a mismatch in
__xfrm6_selector_match() for policies which specify an interface in the
selector (sel->ifindex != 0).
Backtracing shows this happens in code-paths originating from e.g.
ip6_datagram_connect(), rawv6_sendmsg() or tcp_v6_connect(). (UDP was
not tested for.)
In summary, this patch fixes policy matching on outgoing interface for
locally generated packets.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bridge (or port) is brought down/up flush only temp entries and
leave the perm ones. Flush perm entries only when deleting the bridge
device or the associated port.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group notifications were not sent when a group expired or was deleted
due to bridge/port device being deleted. So add br_mdb_notify() to
br_multicast_del_pg().
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It would be very useful to retrieve the net_cls's classid from an eBPF
program to allow for a more fine-grained classification, it could be
directly used or in conjunction with additional policies. I.e. docker,
but also tooling such as cgexec, can easily run applications via net_cls
cgroups:
cgcreate -g net_cls:/foo
echo 42 > foo/net_cls.classid
cgexec -g net_cls:foo <prog>
Thus, their respecitve classid cookie of foo can then be looked up on
the egress path to apply further policies. The helper is desigend such
that a non-zero value returns the cgroup id.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split out retrieving the cgroups net_cls classid retrieval into its
own function, so that it can be reused later on from other parts of
the traffic control subsystem. If there's no skb->sk, then the small
helper returns 0 as well, which in cls_cgroup terms means 'could not
classify'.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0bf4828983 ("svcrdma: refactor marshalling logic") removed
the last call site for svc_rdma_fastreg().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Kernel coding conventions frown upon having large nontrivial
functions in header files, and the preference these days is to
allow the compiler to make inlining decisions if possible.
As these functions are re-homed into a .c file, be sure that
comparisons with fields in struct rpcrdma_msg are with be32
constants.
This is a refactoring change; no behavior change is intended.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The Linux NFS server returns garbage in the data payload of inline
NFS/RDMA READ replies. These are READs of under 1000 bytes or so
where the client has not provided either a reply chunk or a write
list.
The NFS server delivers the data payload for an NFS READ reply to
the transport in an xdr_buf page list. If the NFS client did not
provide a reply chunk or a write list, send_reply() is supposed to
set up a separate sge for the page containing the READ data, and
another sge for XDR padding if needed, then post all of the sges via
a single SEND Work Request.
The problem is send_reply() does not advance through the xdr_buf
when setting up scatter/gather entries for SEND WR. It always calls
dma_map_xdr with xdr_off set to zero. When there's more than one
sge, dma_map_xdr() sets up the SEND sge's so they all point to the
xdr_buf's head.
The current Linux NFS/RDMA client always provides a reply chunk or
a write list when performing an NFS READ over RDMA. Therefore, it
does not exercise this particular case. The Linux server has never
had to use more than one extra sge for building RPC/RDMA replies
with a Linux client.
However, an NFS/RDMA client _is_ allowed to send small NFS READs
without setting up a write list or reply chunk. The NFS READ reply
fits entirely within the inline reply buffer in this case. This is
perhaps a more efficient way of performing NFS READs that the Linux
NFS/RDMA client may some day adopt.
Fixes: b432e6b3d9 ('svcrdma: Change DMA mapping logic to . . .')
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=285
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
When removing underlying RDMA device, the rmmod will hang forever if there
are any outstanding NFS/RDMA client mounts. The outstanding NFS/RDMA counts
could also prevent the server from shutting down. Further debugging shows
that the existing connections are not teared down and resource are not
released when receiving RDMA_CM_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVAL event. It seems the
original code missing svc_xprt_put() in RDMA_CM_EVENT_REMOVAL event handler
thus svc_xprt_free is never invoked to release the existing connection
resources.
The patch has been passed removing, adding device back and forth without
stopping NFS/RDMA service. This will also allow a device to be unplugged
and swapped out without shutting down NFS service.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=252
Signed-off-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Simon Horman says:
====================
IPVS Fixes for v4.2
please consider this fix for v4.2.
For reasons that are not clear to me it is a bumper crop.
It seems to me that they are all relevant to stable.
Please let me know if you need my help to get the fixes into stable.
* ipvs: fix ipv6 route unreach panic
This problem appears to be present since IPv6 support was added to
IPVS in v2.6.28.
* ipvs: skb_orphan in case of forwarding
This appears to resolve a problem resulting from a side effect of
41063e9dd1 ("ipv4: Early TCP socket demux.") which was included in v3.6.
* ipvs: do not use random local source address for tunnels
This appears to resolve a problem introduced by
026ace060d ("ipvs: optimize dst usage for real server") in v3.10.
* ipvs: fix crash if scheduler is changed
This appears to resolve a problem introduced by
ceec4c3816 ("ipvs: convert services to rcu") in v3.10.
Julian has provided backports of the fix:
* [PATCHv2 3.10.81] ipvs: fix crash if scheduler is changed
http://www.spinics.net/lists/lvs-devel/msg04008.html
* [PATCHv2 3.12.44,3.14.45,3.18.16,4.0.6] ipvs: fix crash if scheduler is changed
http://www.spinics.net/lists/lvs-devel/msg04007.html
Please let me know how you would like to handle guiding these
backports into stable.
* ipvs: fix crash with sync protocol v0 and FTP
This appears to resolve a problem introduced by
749c42b620 ("ipvs: reduce sync rate with time thresholds") in v3.5
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Quoting Daniel Borkmann:
"When adding connection tracking template rules to a netns, f.e. to
configure netfilter zones, the kernel will endlessly busy-loop as soon
as we try to delete the given netns in case there's at least one
template present, which is problematic i.e. if there is such bravery that
the priviledged user inside the netns is assumed untrusted.
Minimal example:
ip netns add foo
ip netns exec foo iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 1.2.3.4 -j CT --zone 1
ip netns del foo
What happens is that when nf_ct_iterate_cleanup() is being called from
nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list() for a provided netns, we always end up
with a net->ct.count > 0 and thus jump back to i_see_dead_people. We
don't get a soft-lockup as we still have a schedule() point, but the
serving CPU spins on 100% from that point onwards.
Since templates are normally allocated with nf_conntrack_alloc(), we
also bump net->ct.count. The issue why they are not yet nf_ct_put() is
because the per netns .exit() handler from x_tables (which would eventually
invoke xt_CT's xt_ct_tg_destroy() that drops reference on info->ct) is
called in the dependency chain at a *later* point in time than the per
netns .exit() handler for the connection tracker.
This is clearly a chicken'n'egg problem: after the connection tracker
.exit() handler, we've teared down all the connection tracking
infrastructure already, so rightfully, xt_ct_tg_destroy() cannot be
invoked at a later point in time during the netns cleanup, as that would
lead to a use-after-free. At the same time, we cannot make x_tables depend
on the connection tracker module, so that the xt_ct_tg_destroy() would
be invoked earlier in the cleanup chain."
Daniel confirms this has to do with the order in which modules are loaded or
having compiled nf_conntrack as modules while x_tables built-in. So we have no
guarantees regarding the order in which netns callbacks are executed.
Fix this by allocating the templates through kmalloc() from the respective
SYNPROXY and CT targets, so they don't depend on the conntrack kmem cache.
Then, release then via nf_ct_tmpl_free() from destroy_conntrack(). This branch
is marked as unlikely since conntrack templates are rarely allocated and only
from the configuration plane path.
Note that templates are not kept in any list to avoid further dependencies with
nf_conntrack anymore, thus, the tmpl larval list is removed.
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In the rare case that when it is a attempted to use a per network device
netfilter hook and the network device does not exist the newly allocated
structure can leak.
Be a good citizen and free the newly allocated structure in the error
handling code.
Fixes: 085db2c045 ("netfilter: Per network namespace netfilter hooks.")
Reported-by: kbuild@01.org
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
rate_control_rate_init: 554 bytes, 8 calls
rate_control_rate_update: 1596 bytes, 5 calls
Total size reduction: about 11 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config,
after deinlining the function size is 3132 bytes and there are
7 callsites.
Total size reduction: about 20 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using peer link id for AID, generate a new
AID when creating mesh STAs in the kernel peering manager.
This enables smaller TIM elements and more closely follows
the standard, and it also enables mesh to work on drivers
that require a valid AID when the STA is inserted (ath10k
firmware has this requirement, for example).
In the case of userspace-managed stations, we use the AID
from NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 13.3.1, a mesh STA should assign an AID
upon receipt of a mesh peering open frame rather than using the link
id of the peer. Using the peer link id has two potential issues:
it may not be unique among the peers, and by its nature it is random,
so the TIM may not compress well.
In preparation for allocating it properly, use sta->sta.aid, but keep
the existing behavior of using the plid in the aid we send.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move mesh_plink_frame_tx() above the first caller to remove
the forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 calls drv_resume() on wowlan resume,
but drops any incoming frame until local->suspended is
cleared later on.
This requires the low-level driver to support a new state,
in which it is expected to fully work (as it was resumed)
but not passing rx frames yet (as they will be dropped).
iwlwifi (and probably other drivers as well) has issues
supporting such mode.
Since in the wowlan case we already short-circuit
ieee80211_reconfig, there's nothing that prevents us from
clearing local->suspend before calling drv_resume(),
and letting the low-level driver work normally.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a TDLS station is not allowed to beacon on a channel, don't accept
a channel switch request to this channel.
Move channel building code up to avoid lockdep violations - reg_can_beacon
needs to take the wdev lock.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move TDLS channel-switch Rx handling into an RTNL locked work. This is
required to add proper regulatory checking to incoming channel-switch
requests.
Queue incoming requests in a dedicated skb queue and handle the request
in a device-specific work to avoid deadlocking on interface removal.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for declaring MU-MIMO beamformee capability for
relevant hardware.
When sending association request, the capability is included if both
hardware and the AP support it, and no other virtual interface
is using it.
This is in order to avoid multiple interfaces using MU-MIMO in parallel
which might lead to contradictions in the group-id mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an SKB will be segmented by the driver, count it for multiple
MSDUs that are being transmitted rather than just a single.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit eeca9fce1d ('cfg80211: Schedule timeout for all CRDA calls')
left behind a superfluous check after it removed some earlier code.
In reg_process_hint, the test of "treatment == REG_REQ_IGNORE ||
treatment == REG_REQ_ALREADY_SET" is superfluous because the code in the
if-then branch is identical to the code after the if statement.
Coverity CID #1295939
I also removed the unnecessary assignment of treatment in this case,
and added a comment reminding any future patch authors to ensure that
treatment is properly assigned before it is used after the switch.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This callback is currently not allowed to sleep, which makes it more
difficult to implement proper driver methods in mac80211 than it has
to be. Instead of doing asynchronous work here in mac80211, make it
possible for the callback to sleep by doing some asynchronous work
in cfg80211. This also enables improvements to other drivers, like
ath6kl, that would like to sleep in this callback.
While at it, also fix the code to call the driver on the implicit
unregistration when an interface is removed, and do that also when
a P2P-Device wdev is destroyed (otherwise we leak the structs.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most of the fields in this struct use too wide types, change
that to shrink the struct from 64 to 48 bytes (on 64-bit.)
This results in a total saving of 64 bytes for each interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of Dynamic SMPS enable RTS/CTS for all rates.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
[change comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch does the following:
- Remove unnecessary flags field used by PERR element
- Use the per target flags defined in <linux/ieee80211.h>
- Process the target only subfield based on case E2 of
IEEE802.11-2012 13.10.9.3
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The IEEE802.11-2012 specification is vague regarding SMPS operation during
TDLS. It does not define a clear way to transition between SMPS states.
To avoid interop issues, set SMPS to off when TDLS peers are connected.
Accomplish this by extending the definition of the AUTOMATIC state. If the
driver forces a state other than OFF, disconnect all TDLS peers.
While at it, avoid changing the SMPS state of the peer STA. We have no
way to control it, so try and behave correctly towards it.
Move the TDLS peer-teardown function to where the rest of the TDLS code
resides.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We already set a station to be associated when peering completes, both
in user space and in the kernel. Thus we should always have an
associated sta before sending data frames to that station.
Failure to check assoc state can cause crashes in the lower-level driver
due to transmitting unicast data frames before driver sta structures
(e.g. ampdu state in ath9k) are initialized. This occurred when
forwarding in the presence of fixed mesh paths: frames were transmitted
to stations with whom we hadn't yet completed peering.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Tested-by: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When processing a PREQ or PREP it's critical to use the incoming SN. If
that is improperly done routing loops and other types of badness can
happen. But the code was always processing path messages for deactivated
paths. This path fixes that so that if we have a valid SN then we use it
to verify that it is a message we can accept. For reference the relevant
section of the standard is 13.10.8.4 which doesn't address the deactivated
path case at all.
I also included a special case for when our peer reboots or restarts
networking. This is an important case because without it there can be a
very long delay before we accept path messages from that peer. It's also a
simple case and intimately associated with processing messages for
deactivated paths so I used one patch instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 2012 spec mentions that path SNs can be invalid when created (see
section 13.10.8.4 table 13-9) but AFAICT never talks about invalidating
SNs. Which makes sense: if we have figured out the path to a target at a
certain SN then we want to remember that fact. Failing to do so can lead
to routing loops because if we don't have a valid SN then we have no way
of knowing whether an incoming path message leads to or away from the
target.
However currently when discovery fails we zero out mpath->flags which
clears MESH_PATH_SN_VALID. This patch fixes that so that only the
discovery relevant flags are cleared.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the nexthop is unable to resolve its own nexthop it will send back a
PERR with a zero target_sn. According to section 13.10.11.4.3 step b in the
2012 standard that perr should be forwarded and the associated mpath->sn
should be incremented. Neither one of those was happening which is rather
bad because the originator was not told that packets are black holing.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define a station chandef, to be used for wider-bw TDLS peers. When both
peers support the feature, upgrade the channel bandwidth to the maximum
allowed by both peers and regulatory. Currently widths up to 80MHz are
supported in the 5GHz band.
When a TDLS peer connects/disconnects recalculate the channel type of the
current chanctx.
Make the chanctx width calculation consider wider-bw TDLS peers and
similarly fix the max_required_bw calculation for the chanctx min_def.
Since the sta->bandwidth is calculated only later on, take
bss_conf.chandef.width as the minimal width for station interface.
Set the upgraded channel width in the VHT-operation set during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature.
Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an
appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it.
This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than
the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected
on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory
considerations allow it.
Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width
in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If reconfiguration fails, local->in_reconfig is never
cleaned, resulting in rx frames being dropped next
time the device is started.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simply return NULL in this case, instead of crashing. This can
simplify callers that would otherwise have to check for this
explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The beacon struct is already available in many contexts that
are also already in an RCU read-locked section. Avoid that by
using the existing beacon struct pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
[rewrite subject/add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code was always a bit awkward due to the 80-col restriction
and got worse in the previous patch. Refactor it a bit into its
own function to make it read nicer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are now a fairly large number of mesh fields that really
aren't needed in any other modes; move those into their own
structure and allocate them separately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a long-standing TODO item to use this flag in the cooked
monitor RX, but clearly it was never needed and now this hasn't
been used by userspace for a long time, so no userspace changes
could require it now.
Remove the unused flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the station hash table lookup (or iteration) must
access two cachelines for each station - the one with the hash
table node, and the one with the MAC address.
Duplicate the MAC address next to the hash node to get rid of
this. Since the MAC address is static there's no consistency
problem introduced by this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When there are multiple RX queues, the PN checks in mac80211 cannot be
used since packets might be processed out of order on different CPUs.
Allow the driver to report that the PN has been checked, drivers that
will use multi-queue RX will have to set this flag.
For now, the flag is only valid when the frame has been decrypted, in
theory that restriction doesn't have to be there, but in practice the
hardware will have decrypted the frame already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This counter is inherently racy (since it can be incremented by RX
as well as by concurrent TX) and only available in debugfs. Instead
of fixing it to be per-CPU or similar, remove it for now. If needed
it should be added without races and with proper nl80211, perhaps
even addressing the threshold reporting TODO item that's been there
since the code was originally added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As there's no driver using this capability and reporting zero-length
A-MPDU subframes for radiotap monitoring, remove the capability to
free up two RX flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not
be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change
the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of
course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but
that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of
all drivers are currently using it at all.
While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag
again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no RX queues in mac80211 (yet), the comment should refer
to the TID (including one slot for non-QoS) rather than 'RX queue'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is only used in the RX code, so moving it into
that file gives the compiler better optimisation possibilities
and also allows us to remove the check for short frames (which
in the RX path cannot happen, but as a generic utility needed
to be checked.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Short frames less than 16 octets are already blocked in the monitor
code by the should_drop_frame() function, and cannot get into the
regular RX path. Therefore, this check can never trigger and the
counter invariably stays zero. Remove the useless code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We typically use 'sta' for the station info struct, and if needed
'pubsta' for the public (driver-visible) portion thereof. Do this
in the ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RTNL is required to check for IR-relaxation conditions that allow
more channels to beacon. Export an RTNL locked version of reg_can_beacon
and use it where possible in AP/STA interface type flows, where
IR-relaxation may be applicable.
Fixes: 06f207fc54 ("cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Although mesh_rx_plink_frame() already checks that frames have enough
bytes for the action code plus another two bytes for capability/reason
code, it doesn't take into account that confirm frames also have an
additional two-byte aid. As a result, a corrupt frame could cause a
subsequent subtraction to wrap around to ill effect. Add another
check for this case.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 8.5.16.3.2 AID comes directly after the
capability bytes in mesh peering confirm frames. The existing
code, however, was adding a 2 byte offset to this location,
resulting in garbage data going out over the air. Remove the
offset to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With a basic Linux userspace, the messages "Calling CRDA to update
world regulatory domain" appears 10 times after boot every second or
so, followed by a final "Exceeded CRDA call max attempts. Not calling
CRDA". For those of us not having the corresponding userspace parts,
having those messages repeatedly displayed at boot time is a bit
annoying, so this commit reduces their log level to pr_debug().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the hardware is unregistered while interfaces are up, mac80211 will
unregister all interfaces, which in turns causes mac80211 to be called
again to remove them all from the driver and eventually shut down the
hardware.
During this shutdown, however, it's currently already unsafe to iterate
the list of interfaces atomically, as the list is manipulated in an
unsafe manner. This puts an undue burden on the driver - it must stop
all its activities before calling ieee80211_unregister_hw(), while in
the normal stop path it can do all cleanup in the stop method. If, for
example, it's using the iteration during RX for some reason, it would
have to stop RX before unregistering to avoid crashes.
Fix this problem by closing all interfaces before unregistering them.
This will cause the driver stop to have completed before we manipulate
the interface list, and after the driver is stopped *and* has called
ieee80211_unregister_hw() it really musn't be iterating any more as
the memory will be freed as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If for any reason we're in the middle of PS-polling or awake after
TX due to dynamic powersave while going to suspend, go back to save
power. This might cause a response frame to get lost, but since we
can't really wait for it while going to suspend that's still better
than not enabling powersave which would cause higher power usage
during (and possibly even after) suspend.
Note that this really only affects the very few drivers that use
the powersave implementation in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
[rewrite misleading commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When acting as AP and a PS-Poll frame is received
associated station is marked as one in a Service
Period. This state is kept until Tx status for
released frame is reported. While a station is in
Service Period PS-Poll frames are ignored.
However if PS-Poll was received during A-MPDU
teardown it was possible to have the to-be
released frame re-queued back to pending queue.
In such case the frame was stripped of 2 important
flags:
(a) IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
(b) IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Stripping of (a) led to the frame that was to be
released to be queued back to ps_tx_buf queue. If
station remained to use only PS-Poll frames the
re-queued frame (and new ones) was never actually
transmitted because mac80211 would ignore
subsequent PS-Poll frames due to station being in
Service Period. There was nothing left to clear
the Service Period bit (no xmit -> no tx status ->
no SP end), i.e. the AP would have the station
stuck in Service Period. Beacon TIM would
repeatedly prompt station to poll for frames but
it would get none.
Once (a) is not stripped (b) becomes important
because it's the main condition to clear the
Service Period bit of the station when Tx status
for the released frame is reported back.
This problem was observed with ath9k acting as P2P
GO in some testing scenarios but isn't limited to
it. AP operation with mac80211 based Tx A-MPDU
control combined with clients using PS-Poll frames
is subject to this race.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't do this, and we then fail to recreate the debugfs
directory during a mode change, then we will fail later trying
to add stations to this now bogus directory:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000006c
IP: [<c0a92202>] mutex_lock+0x12/0x30
Call Trace:
[<c0678ab4>] start_creating+0x44/0xc0
[<c0679203>] debugfs_create_dir+0x13/0xf0
[<f8a938ae>] ieee80211_sta_debugfs_add+0x6e/0x490 [mac80211]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tom Hughes <tom@compton.nu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anuradha Karuppiah <anuradhak@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the proto_down flag that can be used by user space
applications to notify switch drivers that errors have been detected on the
device.
The switch driver can react to protodown notification by doing a phys down
on the associated switch port.
Signed-off-by: Anuradha Karuppiah <anuradhak@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prog->bpf_ops is populated when act_bpf is used with classic BPF and
prog->bpf_name is optionally used with extended BPF.
Fix memory leak when act_bpf is released.
Fixes: d23b8ad8ab ("tc: add BPF based action")
Fixes: a8cb5f556b ("act_bpf: add initial eBPF support for actions")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->drop() is supposed to return the number of bytes it dropped,
however fq_codel_drop() returns the index of the flow where it drops
a packet from.
Fix this by introducing a helper to wrap fq_codel_drop().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 25331d6ce4 ("net: sched: implement qstat helper routines")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9131f3de2 ("ipv6: Do not iterate over all interfaces when
finding source address on specific interface.") did not properly
update best source address available. Plus, it introduced
possible NULL pointer dereference.
Bug was reported by Erik Kline <ek@google.com>.
Based on patch proposed by Hajime Tazaki <thehajime@gmail.com>.
Fixes: 9131f3de24 ("ipv6: Do not
iterate over all interfaces when finding source address
on specific interface.")
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Acked-by: Hajime Tazaki <thehajime@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_datagram_connect() is doing a lot of socket changes without
socket being locked.
This looks wrong, at least for udp_lib_rehash() which could corrupt
lists because of concurrent udp_sk(sk)->udp_portaddr_hash accesses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member (u32) "num_active_agg" of struct qfq_sched has been unused
since its introduction in 462dbc9101
"pkt_sched: QFQ Plus: fair-queueing service at DRR cost" and (AFAICT)
there is no active plan to use it; this removes the member.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Valente <paolo.valente@unimore.it>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 25331d6ce4 ("net: sched: implement qstat helper routines")
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently F-RTO may repeatedly send new data packets on non-recurring
timeouts in CA_Loss mode. This is a bug because F-RTO (RFC5682)
should only be used on either new recovery or recurring timeouts.
This exacerbates the recovery progress during frequent timeout &
repair, because we prioritize sending new data packets instead of
repairing the holes when the bandwidth is already scarce.
Fix it by correcting the test of a new recovery episode.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the mdb add/del code was introduced there have been 2 br_mdb_notify
calls when doing br_mdb_add() resulting in 2 notifications on each add.
Example:
Command: bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
Before patch:
root@debian:~# bridge monitor all
[MDB]dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
[MDB]dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
After patch:
root@debian:~# bridge monitor all
[MDB]dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: cfd5675435 ("bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A report with INCLUDE/Change_to_include and empty source list should be
treated as a leave, specified by RFC 3376, section 3.1:
"If the requested filter mode is INCLUDE *and* the requested source
list is empty, then the entry corresponding to the requested
interface and multicast address is deleted if present. If no such
entry is present, the request is ignored."
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Mainly fix-ups for the various 4.2 items
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=N/5G
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma fixes from Doug Ledford:
"Mainly fix-ups for the various 4.2 items"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (24 commits)
IB/core: Destroy ocrdma_dev_id IDR on module exit
IB/core: Destroy multcast_idr on module exit
IB/mlx4: Optimize do_slave_init
IB/mlx4: Fix memory leak in do_slave_init
IB/mlx4: Optimize freeing of items on error unwind
IB/mlx4: Fix use of flow-counters for process_mad
IB/ipath: Convert use of __constant_<foo> to <foo>
IB/ipoib: Set MTU to max allowed by mode when mode changes
IB/ipoib: Scatter-Gather support in connected mode
IB/ucm: Fix bitmap wrap when devnum > IB_UCM_MAX_DEVICES
IB/ipoib: Prevent lockdep warning in __ipoib_ib_dev_flush
IB/ucma: Fix lockdep warning in ucma_lock_files
rds: rds_ib_device.refcount overflow
RDMA/nes: Fix for incorrect recording of the MAC address
RDMA/nes: Fix for resolving the neigh
RDMA/core: Fixes for port mapper client registration
IB/IPoIB: Fix bad error flow in ipoib_add_port()
IB/mlx4: Do not attemp to report HCA clock offset on VFs
IB/cm: Do not queue work to a device that's going away
IB/srp: Avoid using uninitialized variable
...
When we calculate the checksum on the recv path, we store the
result in the skb as an optimisation in case we need the checksum
again down the line.
This is in fact bogus for the MSG_PEEK case as this is done without
any locking. So multiple threads can peek and then store the result
to the same skb, potentially resulting in bogus skb states.
This patch fixes this by only storing the result if the skb is not
shared. This preserves the optimisations for the few cases where
it can be done safely due to locking or other reasons, e.g., SIOCINQ.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This may result in a kernel panic. The bug has always existed but
somehow we've run out of luck now and it bites.
Signed-off-by: Richard Stearn <richard@rns-stearn.demon.co.uk>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # all branches
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shared skbs must not be modified and this is crucial for broadcast
and/or multicast paths where we use it as an optimisation to avoid
unnecessary cloning.
The function skb_recv_datagram breaks this rule by setting peeked
without cloning the skb first. This causes funky races which leads
to double-free.
This patch fixes this by cloning the skb and replacing the skb
in the list when setting skb->peeked.
Fixes: a59322be07 ("[UDP]: Only increment counter on first peek/recv")
Reported-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as in commit 4f7d2cdfdd ("rtnetlink: verify IFLA_VF_INFO
attributes before passing them to driver"), we have a double nesting
of netlink attributes, i.e. IFLA_VF_PORTS only contains IFLA_VF_PORT
that is nested itself. While IFLA_VF_PORTS is a verified attribute
from ifla_policy[], we only check if the IFLA_VF_PORTS container has
IFLA_VF_PORT attributes and then pass the attribute's content itself
via nla_parse_nested(). It would be more correct to reject inner types
other than IFLA_VF_PORT instead of continuing parsing and also similarly
as in commit 4f7d2cdfdd, to check for a minimum of NLA_HDRLEN.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't bother testing if we need to switch to alternate stack
unless TEE target is used.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In most cases there is no reentrancy into ip/ip6tables.
For skbs sent by REJECT or SYNPROXY targets, there is one level
of reentrancy, but its not relevant as those targets issue an absolute
verdict, i.e. the jumpstack can be clobbered since its not used
after the target issues absolute verdict (ACCEPT, DROP, STOLEN, etc).
So the only special case where it is relevant is the TEE target, which
returns XT_CONTINUE.
This patch changes ip(6)_do_table to always use the jump stack starting
from 0.
When we detect we're operating on an skb sent via TEE (percpu
nf_skb_duplicated is 1) we switch to an alternate stack to leave
the original one alone.
Since there is no TEE support for arptables, it doesn't need to
test if tee is active.
The jump stack overflow tests are no longer needed as well --
since ->stacksize is the largest call depth we cannot exceed it.
A much better alternative to the external jumpstack would be to just
declare a jumps[32] stack on the local stack frame, but that would mean
we'd have to reject iptables rulesets that used to work before.
Another alternative would be to start rejecting rulesets with a larger
call depth, e.g. 1000 -- in this case it would be feasible to allocate the
entire stack in the percpu area which would avoid one dereference.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This prepares for a TEE like expression in nftables.
We want to ensure only one duplicate is sent, so both will
use the same percpu variable to detect duplication.
The other use case is detection of recursive call to xtables, but since
we don't want dependency from nft to xtables core its put into core.c
instead of the x_tables core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The {arp,ip,ip6tables} jump stack is currently sized based
on the number of user chains.
However, its rather unlikely that every user defined chain jumps to the
next, so lets use the existing loop detection logic to also track the
chain depths.
The stacksize is then set to the largest chain depth seen.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- Register the nftables chains in the network namespace that they need
to run in.
- Remove the hacks that stopped chains running in the wrong network
namespace.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- Add a new set of functions for registering and unregistering per
network namespace hooks.
- Modify the old global namespace hook functions to use the per
network namespace hooks in their implementation, so their remains a
single list that needs to be walked for any hook (this is important
for keeping the hook priority working and for keeping the code
walking the hooks simple).
- Only allow registering the per netdevice hooks in the network
namespace where the network device lives.
- Dynamically allocate the structures in the per network namespace
hook list in nf_register_net_hook, and unregister them in
nf_unregister_net_hook.
Dynamic allocate is required somewhere as the number of network
namespaces are not fixed so we might as well allocate them in the
registration function.
The chain of registered hooks on any list is expected to be small so
the cost of walking that list to find the entry we are unregistering
should also be small.
Performing the management of the dynamically allocated list entries
in the registration and unregistration functions keeps the complexity
from spreading.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
- Add a new function find_nf_hook_list to select the nf_hook_list
- Fail nf_register_hook when asked for a per netdevice hook list when
support for per netdevice hook lists is not built into the kernel.
- Move the hook list head selection outside of nf_hook_mutex as
nothing in the selection requires the hook list, and error handling
is simpler if a mutex is not held.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace an overcomplicated switch statement with a simple if statement.
This also removes the ingress queue enable outside of nf_hook_mutex as
the protection provided by the mutex is not necessary and the code is
clearer having both of the static key increments together.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The module_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fixes: 3e0249f9c0 ("RDS/IB: add refcount tracking to struct rds_ib_device")
There lacks a dropping on rds_ib_device.refcount in case rds_ib_alloc_fmr
failed(mr pool running out). this lead to the refcount overflow.
A complain in line 117(see following) is seen. From vmcore:
s_ib_rdma_mr_pool_depleted is 2147485544 and rds_ibdev->refcount is -2147475448.
That is the evidence the mr pool is used up. so rds_ib_alloc_fmr is very likely
to return ERR_PTR(-EAGAIN).
115 void rds_ib_dev_put(struct rds_ib_device *rds_ibdev)
116 {
117 BUG_ON(atomic_read(&rds_ibdev->refcount) <= 0);
118 if (atomic_dec_and_test(&rds_ibdev->refcount))
119 queue_work(rds_wq, &rds_ibdev->free_work);
120 }
fix is to drop refcount when rds_ib_alloc_fmr failed.
Signed-off-by: Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Haggai Eran <haggaie@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Fix crash in 3.5+ if FTP is used after switching
sync_version to 0.
Fixes: 749c42b620 ("ipvs: reduce sync rate with time thresholds")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
It is possible that we bind against a local socket in early_demux when we
are actually going to want to forward it. In this case, the socket serves
no purpose and only serves to confuse things (particularly functions which
implicitly expect sk_fullsock to be true, like ip_local_out).
Additionally, skb_set_owner_w is totally broken for non full-socks.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Fixes: 41063e9dd1 ("ipv4: Early TCP socket demux.")
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
I overlooked the svc->sched_data usage from schedulers
when the services were converted to RCU in 3.10. Now
the rare ipvsadm -E command can change the scheduler
but due to the reverse order of ip_vs_bind_scheduler
and ip_vs_unbind_scheduler we provide new sched_data
to the old scheduler resulting in a crash.
To fix it without changing the scheduler methods we
have to use synchronize_rcu() only for the editing case.
It means all svc->scheduler readers should expect a
NULL value. To avoid breakage for the service listing
and ipvsadm -R we can use the "none" name to indicate
that scheduler is not assigned, a state when we drop
new connections.
Reported-by: Alexander Vasiliev <a.vasylev@404-group.com>
Fixes: ceec4c3816 ("ipvs: convert services to rcu")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Michael Vallaly reports about wrong source address used
in rare cases for tunneled traffic. Looks like
__ip_vs_get_out_rt in 3.10+ is providing uninitialized
dest_dst->dst_saddr.ip because ip_vs_dest_dst_alloc uses
kmalloc. While we retry after seeing EINVAL from routing
for data that does not look like valid local address, it
still succeeded when this memory was previously used from
other dests and with different local addresses. As result,
we can use valid local address that is not suitable for
our real server.
Fix it by providing 0.0.0.0 every time our cache is refreshed.
By this way we will get preferred source address from routing.
Reported-by: Michael Vallaly <lvs@nolatency.com>
Fixes: 026ace060d ("ipvs: optimize dst usage for real server")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Previously there was a trivial panic
unshare -n /bin/bash <<EOF
ip addr add dev lo face::1/128
ipvsadm -A -t [face::1]:15213
ipvsadm -a -t [face::1]:15213 -r b00c::1
echo boom | nc face::1 15213
EOF
This patch allows us to replicate the net logic above and simply capture
the skb_dst(skb)->dev and use that for the purpose of the invocation.
Signed-off-by: Alex Gartrell <agartrell@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
Minor conflict in br_mdb.c, in 'net' we added a memset of the
on-stack 'ip' variable whereas in 'net-next' we assign a new
member 'vid'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now all user mdb entries were added in vlan 0, this patch adds
support to allow the user to specify the vlan for the entry.
About the uapi change a hole in struct br_mdb_entry is used so the size
and offsets are kept the same (verified with pahole and tested with older
iproute2).
Example:
$ bridge mdb
dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent vlan 2000
dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent vlan 200
dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the default to build IPv6 into the kernel. IPv6
now has significant traction and any remaining vestiges of IPv6
not being provided parity with IPv4 should be swept away. IPv6 is now
core to the Internet and kernel.
Points on IPv6 adoption:
- Per Google statistics, IPv6 usage has reached 7% on the Internet
and continues to exhibit an exponential growth rate
https://www.google.com/intl/en/ipv6/statistics.html
- Just a few days ago ARIN officially depleted its IPv4 pool
- IPv6 only data centers are being successfully built
(e.g. at Facebook)
This patch changes the IPv6 Kconfig for IPV6. Default for CONFIG_IPV6
is set to "y" and the text has been updated to reflect the maturity of
IPv6.
Impact:
Under some circumstances building modules in to kernel might have a
performance advantage. In my testing, I did notice a very slight
improvement.
This will obviously increase the size of the kernel image. In my
configuration I see:
IPv6 as module:
text data bss dec hex filename
9703666 1899288 933888 12536842 bf4c0a vmlinux
IPv6 built into kernel
text data bss dec hex filename
9436490 1879600 913408 12229498 ba9b7a vmlinux
Which increases text size by ~270K (2.8% increase in size for me). If
image size is an issue, presumably for a device which does not do IP
networking (IMO we should be discouraging IPv4-only devices), IPV6 can
be disabled or still built as a module.
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Missing list head init in bluetooth hidp session creation, from Tedd
Ho-Jeong An.
2) Don't leak SKB in bridge netfilter error paths, from Florian
Westphal.
3) ipv6 netdevice private leak in netfilter bridging, fixed by Julien
Grall.
4) Fix regression in IP over hamradio bpq encapsulation, from Ralf
Baechle.
5) Fix race between rhashtable resize events and table walks, from Phil
Sutter.
6) Missing validation of IFLA_VF_INFO netlink attributes, fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Missing security layer socket state initialization in tipc code,
from Stephen Smalley.
8) Fix shared IRQ handling in boomerang 3c59x interrupt handler, from
Denys Vlasenko.
9) Missing minor_idr destroy on module unload on macvtap driver, from
Johannes Thumshirn.
10) Various pktgen kernel thread races, from Oleg Nesterov.
11) Fix races that can cause packets to be processed in the backlog even
after a device attached to that SKB has been fully unregistered.
From Julian Anastasov.
12) bcmgenet driver doesn't account packet drops vs. errors properly,
fix from Petri Gynther.
13) Array index validation and off by one fix in DSA layer from Florian
Fainelli
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (66 commits)
can: replace timestamp as unique skb attribute
ARM: dts: dra7x-evm: Prevent glitch on DCAN1 pinmux
can: c_can: Fix default pinmux glitch at init
can: rcar_can: unify error messages
can: rcar_can: print request_irq() error code
can: rcar_can: fix typo in error message
can: rcar_can: print signed IRQ #
can: rcar_can: fix IRQ check
net: dsa: Fix off-by-one in switch address parsing
net: dsa: Test array index before use
net: switchdev: don't abort unsupported operations
net: bcmgenet: fix accounting of packet drops vs errors
cdc_ncm: update specs URL
Doc: z8530book: Fix typo in API-z8530-sync-txdma-open.html
net: inet_diag: always export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt for listening sockets
bridge: mdb: allow the user to delete mdb entry if there's a querier
net: call rcu_read_lock early in process_backlog
net: do not process device backlog during unregistration
bridge: fix potential crash in __netdev_pick_tx()
net: axienet: Fix devm_ioremap_resource return value check
...
On device shutdown/removal, virtio drivers need to trigger a reset on
the device; if this is neglected, the virtio core will complain about
non-zero device status.
This patch resets the status when the 9p virtio driver is removed
from the system by calling vdev->config->reset on the virtio_device
to send a reset to the host virtio device.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVorxbAAoJEP5prqPJtc/H5zgH/2nvkmT3aQ1gBKdU8L+Ten5D
LIKYyDJ67agNoMfEC/5xWOm7P3X8Qi8cGc326/9AZE22QLE5x6fMCq/SmEC4MA25
GKu2ocwosdPVhIDQOY33IYZHxxtV8UZjt5KdNbQnNO6+iqE6tX5CbgueMlcWusry
WmPCOlezTqHydXo0TYYLPjmqJ66RlrQMWYKvcB0SaxLYQfkBGbkW+fei3wdE4kW1
t7cocRj6Ievv59wCeF+G+fpviTVQVR5bknGA0J3lku9onATOYfdArEAD9FRajygG
KhA/eNr0YEA40VO/baUInuEAJ/YvDqdk9LoyJ1DOXgUv1ysxYSxu/44G/IcZsOU=
=+zVD
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.2-20150712' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-07-12
this is a pull request of 8 patchs for net/master.
Sergei Shtylyov contributes 5 patches for the rcar_can driver, fixing the IRQ
check and several info and error messages. There are two patches by J.D.
Schroeder and Roger Quadros for the c_can driver and dra7x-evm device tree,
which precent a glitch in the DCAN1 pinmux. Oliver Hartkopp provides a better
approach to make the CAN skbs unique, the timestamp is replaced by a counter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 514ac99c64 "can: fix multiple delivery of a single CAN frame for
overlapping CAN filters" requires the skb->tstamp to be set to check for
identical CAN skbs.
Without timestamping to be required by user space applications this timestamp
was not generated which lead to commit 36c01245eb "can: fix loss of CAN frames
in raw_rcv" - which forces the timestamp to be set in all CAN related skbuffs
by introducing several __net_timestamp() calls.
This forces e.g. out of tree drivers which are not using alloc_can{,fd}_skb()
to add __net_timestamp() after skbuff creation to prevent the frame loss fixed
in mainline Linux.
This patch removes the timestamp dependency and uses an atomic counter to
create an unique identifier together with the skbuff pointer.
Btw: the new skbcnt element introduced in struct can_skb_priv has to be
initialized with zero in out-of-tree drivers which are not using
alloc_can{,fd}_skb() too.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
cd->sw_addr is used as a MDIO bus address, which cannot exceed
PHY_MAX_ADDR (32), our check was off-by-one.
Fixes: 5e95329b70 ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
port_index is used an index into an array, and this information comes
from Device Tree, make sure that port_index is not equal to the array
size before using it. Move the check against port_index earlier in the
loop.
Fixes: 5e95329b701c: ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to abort attribute setting or object addition, if the
prepare phase returned operation not supported.
Thus, abort these two transactions only if the error is not -EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3cc4949269.
There is nothing wrong with coalescing during defragmentation, it
reduces truesize overhead and simplifies things for the receiving
socket (no fraglist walk needed).
However, it also destroys geometry of the original fragments.
While that doesn't cause any breakage (we make sure to not exceed largest
original size) ip_do_fragment contains a 'fastpath' that takes advantage
of a present frag list and results in fragments that (in most cases)
match what was received.
In case its needed the coalescing could be done later, when we're sure
the skb is not forwarded. But discussion during NFWS resulted in
'lets just remove this for now'.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reconsidering my commit 20462155 "net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY
sockopt", I am not happy with the limitations it causes for socket
analysing code in userspace. Exporting the value only if it is set makes
it hard for userspace to decide whether the option is not set or the
kernel does not support exporting the option at all.
>From an auditor's perspective, the interesting question for listening
AF_INET6 sockets is: "Does it NOT have IPV6_V6ONLY set?" Because it is
the unexpected case. This patch allows to answer this question reliably.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If outgoing interface is specified and the candidate address is
restricted to the outgoing interface, it is enough to iterate
over that given interface only.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Acked-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now when a querier was present static entries couldn't be deleted.
Fix this and allow the user to manipulate the mdb with or without a
querier.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incoming packet should be either in backlog queue or
in RCU read-side section. Otherwise, the final sequence of
flush_backlog() and synchronize_net() may miss packets
that can run without device reference:
CPU 1 CPU 2
skb->dev: no reference
process_backlog:__skb_dequeue
process_backlog:local_irq_enable
on_each_cpu for
flush_backlog => IPI(hardirq): flush_backlog
- packet not found in backlog
CPU delayed ...
synchronize_net
- no ongoing RCU
read-side sections
netdev_run_todo,
rcu_barrier: no
ongoing callbacks
__netif_receive_skb_core:rcu_read_lock
- too late
free dev
process packet for freed dev
Fixes: 6e583ce524 ("net: eliminate refcounting in backlog queue")
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 381c759d99 ("ipv4: Avoid crashing in ip_error")
fixes a problem where processed packet comes from device
with destroyed inetdev (dev->ip_ptr). This is not expected
because inetdev_destroy is called in NETDEV_UNREGISTER
phase and packets should not be processed after
dev_close_many() and synchronize_net(). Above fix is still
required because inetdev_destroy can be called for other
reasons. But it shows the real problem: backlog can keep
packets for long time and they do not hold reference to
device. Such packets are then delivered to upper levels
at the same time when device is unregistered.
Calling flush_backlog after NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL still
accounts all packets from backlog but before that some packets
continue to be delivered to upper levels long after the
synchronize_net call which is supposed to wait the last
ones. Also, as Eric pointed out, processed packets, mostly
from other devices, can continue to add new packets to backlog.
Fix the problem by moving flush_backlog early, after the
device driver is stopped and before the synchronize_net() call.
Then use netif_running check to make sure we do not add more
packets to backlog. We have to do it in enqueue_to_backlog
context when the local IRQ is disabled. As result, after the
flush_backlog and synchronize_net sequence all packets
should be accounted.
Thanks to Eric W. Biederman for the test script and his
valuable feedback!
Reported-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Fixes: 6e583ce524 ("net: eliminate refcounting in backlog queue")
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to put back the references to the master conntrack and the expectation
that we just created, otherwise we'll leak them.
Fixes: 0ef71ee1a5 ("netfilter: ctnetlink: refactor ctnetlink_create_expect")
Reported-by: Tim Wiess <Tim.Wiess@watchguard.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before forwarding")
fixed an issue in normal forward path, caused by sender_cpu & napi_id
skb fields being an union.
Bridge is another point where skb can be forwarded, so we need
the same cure.
Bug triggers if packet was received on a NIC using skb_mark_napi_id()
Fixes: 2bd82484bb ("xps: fix xps for stacked devices")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 900f65d361 ("tcp: move duplicate code from
tcp_v4_init_sock()/tcp_v6_init_sock()"), we no longer
need to export tcp_init_xmit_timers()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fill also the port group state when sending notifications.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flags local variable in __mkroute_input is not used as a variable.
Signed-off-by: Masatake YAMATO <yamato@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to allow non-local binds similar to how this was done for IPv4.
Non-local binds are very useful in emulating the Internet in a box, etc.
This add the ip_nonlocal_bind sysctl under ipv6.
Testing:
Set up nonlocal binding and receive routing on a host, e.g.:
ip -6 rule add from ::/0 iif eth0 lookup 200
ip -6 route add local 2001:0:0:1::/64 dev lo proto kernel scope host table 200
sysctl -w net.ipv6.ip_nonlocal_bind=1
Set up routing to 2001:0:0:1::/64 on peer to go to first host
ping6 -I 2001:0:0:1::1 peer-address -- to verify
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_twsk_deschedule() calls are followed by inet_twsk_put().
Only particular case is in inet_twsk_purge() but there is no point
to defer the inet_twsk_put() after re-enabling BH.
Lets rename inet_twsk_deschedule() to inet_twsk_deschedule_put()
and move the inet_twsk_put() inside.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
timewait sockets have a complex refcounting logic.
Once we realize it should be similar to established and
syn_recv sockets, we can use sk_nulls_del_node_init_rcu()
and remove inet_twsk_unhash()
In particular, deferred inet_twsk_put() added in commit
13475a30b6 ("tcp: connect() race with timewait reuse")
looks unecessary : When removing a timewait socket from
ehash or bhash, caller must own a reference on the socket
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen_thread_worker() doesn't need to wait for kthread_stop(), it
can simply exit. Just pktgen_create_thread() and pg_net_exit() should
do get_task_struct()/put_task_struct(). kthread_stop(dead_thread) is
fine.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen_thread_worker() is obviously racy, kthread_stop() can come
between the kthread_should_stop() check and set_current_state().
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Marcelo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The congestion state and cwnd can be updated in the wrong order.
For example, upon receiving a dubious ACK, we incorrectly raise
the cwnd first (tcp_may_raise_cwnd()/tcp_cong_avoid()) because
the state is still Open, then enter recovery state to reduce cwnd.
For another example, if the ACK indicates spurious timeout or
retransmits, we first revert the cwnd reduction and congestion
state back to Open state. But we don't raise the cwnd even though
the ACK does not indicate any congestion.
To fix this problem we should first call tcp_fastretrans_alert() to
process the dubious ACK and update the congestion state, then call
tcp_may_raise_cwnd() that raises cwnd based on the current state.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original design slow start is only used to raise cwnd
when cwnd is stricly below ssthresh. It makes little sense
to slow start when cwnd == ssthresh: especially
when hystart has set ssthresh in the initial ramp, or after
recovery when cwnd resets to ssthresh. Not doing so will
also help reduce the buffer bloat slightly.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to test the slow start condition in various congestion
control modules and other places. This is to prepare a slight improvement
in policy as to exactly when to slow start.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that the call skb_defer_rx_timestamp will first
check for a phydev before going in and manipulating the skb->data and
skb->len values. By doing this we can avoid unnecessary work on network
devices that don't support phydev. As a result we reduce the total
instruction count needed to process this on most devices.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
V1 of this patch contains Eric Dumazet's suggestion to move the per
dst RTAX_QUICKACK check into tcp_in_quickack_mode(). Thanks Eric.
I ran some tests and after setting the "ip route change quickack 1"
knob there were still many delayed ACKs sent. This occured
because when icsk_ack.quick=0 the !icsk_ack.pingpong value is
subsequently ignored as tcp_in_quickack_mode() checks both these
values. The condition for a quick ack to trigger requires
that both icsk_ack.quick != 0 and icsk_ack.pingpong=0. Currently
only icsk_ack.pingpong is controlled by the knob. But the
icsk_ack.quick value changes dynamically depending on heuristics.
The crux of the matter is that delayed acks still cannot be entirely
disabled even with the RTAX_QUICKACK per dst knob enabled. This
patch ensures that a quick ack is always sent when the RTAX_QUICKACK
per dst knob is turned on.
The "ip route change quickack 1" knob was recently added to enable
quickacks. It was modeled around the TCP_QUICKACK setsockopt() option.
This issue is that even with "ip route change quickack 1" enabled
we still see delayed ACKs under some conditions. It would be nice
to be able to completely disable delayed ACKs.
Here is an example:
# netstat -s|grep dela
3 delayed acks sent
For all routes enable the knob
# ip route change quickack 1
Generate some traffic across a slow link and we still see the delayed
acks.
# netstat -s|grep dela
106 delayed acks sent
1 delayed acks further delayed because of locked socket
The issue is that both the "ip route change quickack 1" knob and
the TCP_QUICKACK option set the icsk_ack.pingpong variable to 0.
However at the business end in the __tcp_ack_snd_check() routine,
tcp_in_quickack_mode() checks that both icsk_ack.quick != 0
and icsk_ack.pingpong=0 in order to trigger a quickack. As
icsk_ack.quick is determined by heuristics it can be 0. When
that occurs the icsk_ack.pingpong value is ignored and a delayed
ACK is sent regardless.
This patch moves the RTAX_QUICKACK per dst check into the
tcp_in_quickack_mode() routine which ensures that a quickack is
always sent when the quickack knob is enabled for that dst.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addr_is_blank() should return true if family is neither AF_INET nor
AF_INET6. This is what its counterpart entity_addr_t::is_blank_ip() is
doing and it is the right thing to do: in process_banner() we check if
our address is blank and if it is "learn" it from our peer. As it is,
we never learn our address and always send out a blank one. This goes
way back to ceph.git commit dd732cbfc1c9 ("use sockaddr_storage; and
some ipv6 support groundwork") from 2009.
While at at, do not open-code ipv6_addr_any() and use INADDR_ANY
constant instead of 0.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Grab a reference on a network namespace of the 'rbd map' (in case of
rbd) or 'mount' (in case of ceph) process and use that to open sockets
instead of always using init_net and bailing if network namespace is
anything but init_net. Be careful to not share struct ceph_client
instances between different namespaces and don't add any code in the
!CONFIG_NET_NS case.
This is based on a patch from Hong Zhiguo <zhiguohong@tencent.com>.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree. This batch
mostly comes with patches to address fallout from the previous merge window
cycle, they are:
1) Use entry->state.hook_list from nf_queue() instead of the global nf_hooks
which is not valid when used from NFPROTO_NETDEV, this should cause no
problems though since we have no userspace queueing for that family, but
let's fix this now for the sake of correctness. Patch from Eric W. Biederman.
2) Fix compilation breakage in bridge netfilter if CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV4 is not
set, from Bernhard Thaler.
3) Use percpu jumpstack in arptables too, now that there's a single copy of the
rule blob we can't store the return address there anymore. Patch from
Florian Westphal.
4) Fix a skb leak in the xmit path of bridge netfilter, problem there since
2.6.37 although it should be not possible to hit invalid traffic there, also
from Florian.
5) Eric Leblond reports that when loading a large ruleset with many missing
modules after a fresh boot, nf_tables can take long time commit it. Fix this
by processing the full batch until the end, even on missing modules, then
abort only once and restart processing.
6) Add bridge netfilter files to the MAINTAINER files.
7) Fix a net_device refcount leak in the new IPV6 bridge netfilter code, from
Julien Grall.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This kernel patch exports the value of the new
ignore_routes_with_linkdown via netconf.
v2: changes to notify userspace via netlink when sysctl values change
and proposed for 'net' since this could be considered a bugfix
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Suggested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit b0e9a30dd6 ("bridge: Add vlan id to multicast groups")
there's a check in br_ip_equal() for a matching vlan id, but the mdb
functions were not modified to use (or at least zero it) so when an
entry was added it would have a garbage vlan id (from the local br_ip
variable in __br_mdb_add/del) and this would prevent it from being
matched and also deleted. So zero out the whole local ip var to protect
ourselves from future changes and also to fix the current bug, since
there's no vlan id support in the mdb uapi - use always vlan id 0.
Example before patch:
root@debian:~# bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
root@debian:~# bridge mdb
dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
root@debian:~# bridge mdb del dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
After patch:
root@debian:~# bridge mdb add dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
root@debian:~# bridge mdb
dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
root@debian:~# bridge mdb del dev br0 port eth1 grp 239.0.0.1 permanent
root@debian:~# bridge mdb
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Fixes: b0e9a30dd6 ("bridge: Add vlan id to multicast groups")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling connect() with an AF_TIPC socket would trigger a series
of error messages from SELinux along the lines of:
SELinux: Invalid class 0
type=AVC msg=audit(1434126658.487:34500): avc: denied { <unprintable> }
for pid=292 comm="kworker/u16:5" scontext=system_u:system_r:kernel_t:s0
tcontext=system_u:object_r:unlabeled_t:s0 tclass=<unprintable>
permissive=0
This was due to a failure to initialize the security state of the new
connection sock by the tipc code, leaving it with junk in the security
class field and an unlabeled secid. Add a call to security_sk_clone()
to inherit the security state from the parent socket.
Reported-by: Tim Shearer <tim.shearer@overturenetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frag needed should be sent only if the inner header asked
to not fragment. Currently fragmentation is broken if the
tunnel has df set, but df was not asked in the original
packet. The tunnel's df needs to be still checked to update
internally the pmtu cache.
Commit 23a3647bc4 broke it, and this commit fixes
the ipv4 df check back to the way it was.
Fixes: 23a3647bc4 ("ip_tunnels: Use skb-len to PMTU check.")
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jason Gunthorpe reported that since commit c02db8c629 ("rtnetlink: make
SR-IOV VF interface symmetric"), we don't verify IFLA_VF_INFO attributes
anymore with respect to their policy, that is, ifla_vfinfo_policy[].
Before, they were part of ifla_policy[], but they have been nested since
placed under IFLA_VFINFO_LIST, that contains the attribute IFLA_VF_INFO,
which is another nested attribute for the actual VF attributes such as
IFLA_VF_MAC, IFLA_VF_VLAN, etc.
Despite the policy being split out from ifla_policy[] in this commit,
it's never applied anywhere. nla_for_each_nested() only does basic nla_ok()
testing for struct nlattr, but it doesn't know about the data context and
their requirements.
Fix, on top of Jason's initial work, does 1) parsing of the attributes
with the right policy, and 2) using the resulting parsed attribute table
from 1) instead of the nla_for_each_nested() loop (just like we used to
do when still part of ifla_policy[]).
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/368913
Fixes: c02db8c629 ("rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric")
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: Sucheta Chakraborty <sucheta.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Rony Efraim <ronye@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e1622baf54.
The side effect of this commit is to add a '@NONE' after each virtual
interface name with a 'ip link'. It may break existing scripts.
Reported-by: Olivier Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User space can crash kernel with
ip link add ifb10 numtxqueues 100000 type ifb
We must replace a BUG_ON() by proper test and return -EINVAL for
crazy values.
Fixes: 60877a32bc ("net: allow large number of tx queues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start the delete timer when adding temp static entries so they can expire.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: ccb1c31a7a ("bridge: add flags to distinguish permanent mdb entires")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rate estimators are limited to 4 Mpps, which was fine years ago, but
too small with current hardware generation.
Lets use 2^5 scaling instead of 2^10 to get 128 Mpps new limit.
On 64bit arch, use an "unsigned long" for temp storage and remove limit.
(We do not expect 32bit arches to be able to reach this point)
Tested:
tc -s -d filter sh dev eth0 parent ffff:
filter protocol ip pref 1 u32
filter protocol ip pref 1 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter protocol ip pref 1 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:15
match 07000000/ff000000 at 12
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 166 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 39734251496 bytes 863788076 pkt (dropped 863788117, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 4067Mbit 11053596pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like act_gact, act_mirred can be lockless in packet processing
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) use rcu to protect tcfm_dev
4) Remove spinlock usage, as it is no longer needed.
Next step : add multi queue capability to ifb device
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Final step for gact RCU operation :
1) Use percpu stats
2) update lastuse only every clock tick to avoid false sharing
3) Remove spinlock acquisition, as it is no longer needed.
Since this is the last contended lock in packet RX when tc gact is used,
this gives impressive gain.
My host with 8 RX queues was handling 5 Mpps before the patch,
and more than 11 Mpps after patch.
Tested:
On receiver :
dev=eth0
tc qdisc del dev $dev ingress 2>/dev/null
tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
tc filter del dev $dev root pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter del dev $dev pref 10 2>/dev/null
tc filter add dev $dev est 1sec 4sec parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip src 7.0.0.0/8 flowid 1:15 action drop
Sender sends packets flood from 7/8 network
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Third step for gact RCU operation :
Following patch will get rid of spinlock protection,
so we need to read tcfg_ptype once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Second step for gact RCU operation :
We want to get rid of the spinlock protecting gact operations.
Stats (packets/bytes) will soon be per cpu.
gact_determ() would not work without a central packet counter,
so lets add it for this mode.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step for gact RCU operation :
Instead of testing if tcfg_pval is zero or not, just make it 1.
No change in behavior, but slightly faster code.
The smp_rmb()/smp_wmb() barriers, while not strictly needed at this
stage are added for upcoming spinlock removal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reuse existing percpu infrastructure John Fastabend added for qdisc.
This patch adds a new cpustats parameter to tcf_hash_create() and all
actions pass false, meaning this patch should have no effect yet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_bstats_update_cpu() and other helpers were added to support
percpu stats for qdisc.
We want to add percpu stats for tc action, so this patch add common
helpers.
qdisc_bstats_update_cpu() is renamed to qdisc_bstats_cpu_update()
qdisc_qstats_drop_cpu() is renamed to qdisc_qstats_cpu_drop()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PRR slow start is often too aggressive especially when drops are
caused by traffic policers. The policers mainly use token bucket
to enforce the rate so sending (twice) faster than the delivery
rate causes excessive drops.
This patch changes PRR to the conservative reduction bound
(CRB) mode in RFC 6937 by default. CRB follows the packet
conservation rule to send at most the delivery rate by default.
But if many packets are lost and the pipe is empty, CRB may take N
round trips to repair N losses. We conditionally turn on slow start
mode if all these conditions are made to speed up the recovery:
1) on the second round or later in recovery
2) retransmission sent in the previous round is delivered on this ACK
3) no retransmission is marked lost on this ACK
By using packet conservation by default, this change reduces the loss
retransmits signicantly on networks that deploy traffic policers,
up to 20% reduction of overall loss rate.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the retransmission in CA_Loss is lost again, we should not
continue to slow start or raise cwnd in congestion avoidance mode.
Instead we should enter fast recovery and use PRR to reduce cwnd,
following the principle in RFC5681:
"... or the loss of a retransmission, should be taken as two
indications of congestion and, therefore, cwnd (and ssthresh) MUST
be lowered twice in this case."
This is especially important to reduce loss when the CA_Loss
state was caused by a traffic policer dropping the entire inflight.
The CA_Loss state has a problem where a loss of L packets causes the
sender to send a burst of L packets. So a policer that's dropping
most packets in a given RTT can cause a huge retransmit storm. By
contrast, PRR includes logic to bound the number of outbound packets
that result from a given ACK. So switching to CA_Recovery on lost
retransmits in CA_Loss avoids this retransmit storm problem when
in CA_Loss.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit efb6de9b4b "netfilter: bridge:
forward IPv6 fragmented packets" introduced a new function
br_validate_ipv6 which take a reference on the inet6 device. Although,
the reference is not released at the end.
This will result to the impossibility to destroy any netdevice using
ipv6 and bridge.
It's possible to directly retrieve the inet6 device without taking a
reference as all netfilter hooks are protected by rcu_read_lock via
nf_hook_slow.
Spotted while trying to destroy a Xen guest on the upstream Linux:
"unregister_netdevice: waiting for vif1.0 to become free. Usage count = 1"
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Cc: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@wvnet.at>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: fw@strlen.de
Cc: ian.campbell@citrix.com
Cc: wei.liu2@citrix.com
Cc: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull more vfs updates from Al Viro:
"Assorted VFS fixes and related cleanups (IMO the most interesting in
that part are f_path-related things and Eric's descriptor-related
stuff). UFS regression fixes (it got broken last cycle). 9P fixes.
fs-cache series, DAX patches, Jan's file_remove_suid() work"
[ I'd say this is much more than "fixes and related cleanups". The
file_table locking rule change by Eric Dumazet is a rather big and
fundamental update even if the patch isn't huge. - Linus ]
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (49 commits)
9p: cope with bogus responses from server in p9_client_{read,write}
p9_client_write(): avoid double p9_free_req()
9p: forgetting to cancel request on interrupted zero-copy RPC
dax: bdev_direct_access() may sleep
block: Add support for DAX reads/writes to block devices
dax: Use copy_from_iter_nocache
dax: Add block size note to documentation
fs/file.c: __fget() and dup2() atomicity rules
fs/file.c: don't acquire files->file_lock in fd_install()
fs:super:get_anon_bdev: fix race condition could cause dev exceed its upper limitation
vfs: avoid creation of inode number 0 in get_next_ino
namei: make set_root_rcu() return void
make simple_positive() public
ufs: use dir_pages instead of ufs_dir_pages()
pagemap.h: move dir_pages() over there
remove the pointless include of lglock.h
fs: cleanup slight list_entry abuse
xfs: Correctly lock inode when removing suid and file capabilities
fs: Call security_ops->inode_killpriv on truncate
fs: Provide function telling whether file_remove_privs() will do anything
...
Commit 835a6a2f86 ("Bluetooth: Stop sabotaging list poisoning")
thought that the code was sabotaging the list poisoning when NULL'ing
out the list pointers and removed it.
But what was going on was that the bluetooth code was using NULL
pointers for the list as a way to mark it empty, and that commit just
broke it (and replaced the test with NULL with a "list_empty()" test on
a uninitialized list instead, breaking things even further).
So fix it all up to use the regular and real list_empty() handling
(which does not use NULL, but a pointer to itself), also making sure to
initialize the list properly (the previous NULL case was initialized
implicitly by the session being allocated with kzalloc())
This is a combination of patches by Marcel Holtmann and Tedd Ho-Jeong
An.
[ I would normally expect to get this through the bt tree, but I'm going
to release -rc1, so I'm just committing this directly - Linus ]
Reported-and-tested-by: Jörg Otte <jrg.otte@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Original-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Original-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>:
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Braino in "9p: switch p9_client_write() to passing it struct iov_iter *";
if response is impossible to parse and we discard the request, get the
out of the loop right there.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If we'd already sent a request and decide to abort it, we *must*
issue TFLUSH properly and not just blindly reuse the tag, or
we'll get seriously screwed when response eventually arrives
and we confuse it for response to later request that had reused
the same tag.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.2 and later
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Before commit daad151263 ("ipv6: Make ipv6_is_mld() inline and use it
from ip6_mc_input().") MLD packets were only processed locally. After the
change, a copy of MLD packet goes through ip6_mr_input, causing
MRT6MSG_NOCACHE message to be generated to user space.
Make MLD packet only processed locally.
Fixes: daad151263 ("ipv6: Make ipv6_is_mld() inline and use it from ip6_mc_input().")
Signed-off-by: Hermin Anggawijaya <hermin.anggawijaya@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The module_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The module_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The free_percpu() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ENOBUFS means that memory allocations are failing due to an actual
low memory situation. It should not be confused with being out of
socket buffer space.
Handle the problem by just punting to the delay in call_status.
Reported-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
If we're running out of buffer memory when transmitting data, then
we want to just delay for a moment, and then continue transmitting
the remainder of the message.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Vlan ids 0 and 4095 were disallowed by commit:
8adff41c3d ("bridge: Don't use VID 0 and 4095 in vlan filtering")
but then the check was removed when vlan ranges were introduced by:
bdced7ef78 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests")
So reintroduce the vlan range check.
Before patch:
[root@testvm ~]# bridge vlan add vid 0 dev eth0 master
(succeeds)
After Patch:
[root@testvm ~]# bridge vlan add vid 0 dev eth0 master
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: bdced7ef78 ("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and dellink requests")
Acked-by: Toshiaki Makita <toshiaki.makita1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2015-07-02
A couple of regressions crept in because of a patch to use proper list
APIs rather than manually reading & writing the next/prev pointers
(commit 835a6a2f86). Turns out this was
masking a few bugs: a missing INIT_LIST_HEAD() call and incorrectly
using list_del() rather than list_del_init(). The two patches in this
set fix these, and it'd be nice they could still make it to 4.2-rc1 to
avoid new bug reports from users.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull Ceph updates from Sage Weil:
"We have a pile of bug fixes from Ilya, including a few patches that
sync up the CRUSH code with the latest from userspace.
There is also a long series from Zheng that fixes various issues with
snapshots, inline data, and directory fsync, some simplification and
improvement in the cap release code, and a rework of the caching of
directory contents.
To top it off there are a few small fixes and cleanups from Benoit and
Hong"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (40 commits)
rbd: use GFP_NOIO in rbd_obj_request_create()
crush: fix a bug in tree bucket decode
libceph: Fix ceph_tcp_sendpage()'s more boolean usage
libceph: Remove spurious kunmap() of the zero page
rbd: queue_depth map option
rbd: store rbd_options in rbd_device
rbd: terminate rbd_opts_tokens with Opt_err
ceph: fix ceph_writepages_start()
rbd: bump queue_max_segments
ceph: rework dcache readdir
crush: sync up with userspace
crush: fix crash from invalid 'take' argument
ceph: switch some GFP_NOFS memory allocation to GFP_KERNEL
ceph: pre-allocate data structure that tracks caps flushing
ceph: re-send flushing caps (which are revoked) in reconnect stage
ceph: send TID of the oldest pending caps flush to MDS
ceph: track pending caps flushing globally
ceph: track pending caps flushing accurately
libceph: fix wrong name "Ceph filesystem for Linux"
ceph: fix directory fsync
...
Highlights include:
Stable patches:
- Fix a crash in the NFSv4 file locking code.
- Fix an fsync() regression, where we were failing to retry I/O in some
circumstances.
- Fix an infinite loop in NFSv4.0 OPEN stateid recovery
- Fix a memory leak when an attempted pnfs fails.
- Fix a memory leak in the backchannel code
- Large hostnames were not supported correctly in NFSv4.1
- Fix a pNFS/flexfiles bug that was impeding error reporting on I/O.
- Fix a couple of credential issues in pNFS/flexfiles
Bugfixes + cleanups:
- Open flag sanity checks in the NFSv4 atomic open codepath
- More NFSv4 delegation related bugfixes
- Various NFSv4.1 backchannel bugfixes and cleanups
- Fix the NFS swap socket code
- Various cleanups of the NFSv4 SETCLIENTID and EXCHANGE_ID code
- Fix a UDP transport deadlock issue
Features:
- More RDMA client transport improvements
- NFSv4.2 LAYOUTSTATS functionality for pnfs flexfiles.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=AREr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.2-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Stable patches:
- Fix a crash in the NFSv4 file locking code.
- Fix an fsync() regression, where we were failing to retry I/O in
some circumstances.
- Fix an infinite loop in NFSv4.0 OPEN stateid recovery
- Fix a memory leak when an attempted pnfs fails.
- Fix a memory leak in the backchannel code
- Large hostnames were not supported correctly in NFSv4.1
- Fix a pNFS/flexfiles bug that was impeding error reporting on I/O.
- Fix a couple of credential issues in pNFS/flexfiles
Bugfixes + cleanups:
- Open flag sanity checks in the NFSv4 atomic open codepath
- More NFSv4 delegation related bugfixes
- Various NFSv4.1 backchannel bugfixes and cleanups
- Fix the NFS swap socket code
- Various cleanups of the NFSv4 SETCLIENTID and EXCHANGE_ID code
- Fix a UDP transport deadlock issue
Features:
- More RDMA client transport improvements
- NFSv4.2 LAYOUTSTATS functionality for pnfs flexfiles"
* tag 'nfs-for-4.2-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (87 commits)
nfs: Remove invalid tk_pid from debug message
nfs: Remove invalid NFS_ATTR_FATTR_V4_REFERRAL checking in nfs4_get_rootfh
nfs: Drop bad comment in nfs41_walk_client_list()
nfs: Remove unneeded micro checking of CONFIG_PROC_FS
nfs: Don't setting FILE_CREATED flags always
nfs: Use remove_proc_subtree() instead remove_proc_entry()
nfs: Remove unused argument in nfs_server_set_fsinfo()
nfs: Fix a memory leak when meeting an unsupported state protect
nfs: take extra reference to fl->fl_file when running a LOCKU operation
NFSv4: When returning a delegation, don't reclaim an incompatible open mode.
NFSv4.2: LAYOUTSTATS is optional to implement
NFSv4.2: Fix up a decoding error in layoutstats
pNFS/flexfiles: Fix the reset of struct pgio_header when resending
pNFS/flexfiles: Turn off layoutcommit for servers that don't need it
pnfs/flexfiles: protect ktime manipulation with mirror lock
nfs: provide pnfs_report_layoutstat when NFS42 is disabled
nfs: verify open flags before allowing open
nfs: always update creds in mirror, even when we have an already connected ds
nfs: fix potential credential leak in ff_layout_update_mirror_cred
pnfs/flexfiles: report layoutstat regularly
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=KDJO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'module_init-alternate_initcall-v4.1-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull module_init replacement part two from Paul Gortmaker:
"Replace module_init with appropriate alternate initcall in non
modules.
This series converts non-modular code that is using the module_init()
call to hook itself into the system to instead use one of our
alternate priority initcalls.
Unlike the previous series that used device_initcall and hence was a
runtime no-op, these commits change to one of the alternate initcalls,
because (a) we have them and (b) it seems like the right thing to do.
For example, it would seem logical to use arch_initcall for arch
specific setup code and fs_initcall for filesystem setup code.
This does mean however, that changes in the init ordering will be
taking place, and so there is a small risk that some kind of implicit
init ordering issue may lie uncovered. But I think it is still better
to give these ones sensible priorities than to just assign them all to
device_initcall in order to exactly preserve the old ordering.
Thad said, we have already made similar changes in core kernel code in
commit c96d6660dc ("kernel: audit/fix non-modular users of
module_init in core code") without any regressions reported, so this
type of change isn't without precedent. It has also got the same
local testing and linux-next coverage as all the other pull requests
that I'm sending for this merge window have got.
Once again, there is an unused module_exit function removal that shows
up as an outlier upon casual inspection of the diffstat"
* tag 'module_init-alternate_initcall-v4.1-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
x86: perf_event_intel_pt.c: use arch_initcall to hook in enabling
x86: perf_event_intel_bts.c: use arch_initcall to hook in enabling
mm/page_owner.c: use late_initcall to hook in enabling
lib/list_sort: use late_initcall to hook in self tests
arm: use subsys_initcall in non-modular pl320 IPC code
powerpc: don't use module_init for non-modular core hugetlb code
powerpc: use subsys_initcall for Freescale Local Bus
x86: don't use module_init for non-modular core bootflag code
netfilter: don't use module_init/exit in core IPV4 code
fs/notify: don't use module_init for non-modular inotify_user code
mm: replace module_init usages with subsys_initcall in nommu.c
After a fresh boot with no modules in place at all and a large rulesets, the
existing nfnetlink_rcv_batch() funcion can take long time to commit the ruleset
due to the many abort path. This is specifically a problem for the existing
client of this code, ie. nf_tables, since it results in several
synchronize_rcu() call in a row.
This patch changes the policy to keep full batch processing on missing modules
errors so we abort only once.
Reported-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
br_nf_dev_queue_xmit must free skb in its error path.
NF_DROP is misleading -- its an okfn, not a netfilter hook.
Fixes: 462fb2af97 ("bridge : Sanitize skb before it enters the IP stack")
Fixes: efb6de9b4b ("netfilter: bridge: forward IPv6 fragmented packets")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
commit 482cfc3185 ("netfilter: xtables: avoid percpu ruleset duplication")
Unlike ip and ip6tables, arp tables were never converted to use the percpu
jump stack.
It still uses the rule blob to store return address, which isn't safe
anymore since we now share this blob among all processors.
Because there is no TEE support for arptables, we don't need to cope
with reentrancy, so we can use loocal variable to hold stack offset.
Fixes: 482cfc3185 ("netfilter: xtables: avoid percpu ruleset duplication")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
br_nf_ip_fragment() is not needed when neither CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV4 nor
CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV6 is set.
struct brnf_frag_data must be available if either CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV4
or CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV6 is set.
Fixes: efb6de9b4b ("netfilter: bridge: forward IPv6 fragmented packets")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@wvnet.at>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If someone sends packets from one of the netdevice ingress hooks to
the a userspace queue, and then userspace later accepts the packet,
the netfilter code can enter an infinite loop as the list head will
never be found.
Pass in the saved list_head to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) mlx4 driver bug fixes (TX queue wakeups, csum complete indications)
from Ido Shamay, Eran Ben Elisha, and Or Gerlitz.
2) Missing unlock in error path of PTP support in renesas driver, from
Dan Carpenter.
3) Add Vitesse 8641 phy IDs to vitesse PHY driver, from Shaohui Xie.
4) Bnx2x driver bug fixes (linearization of encap packets, scratchpad
parity error notifications, flow-control and speed settings) from
Yuval Mintz, Manish Chopra, Shahed Shaikh, and Ariel Elior.
5) ipv6 extension header parsing in the igb chip has a HW errata,
disable it. Frm Todd Fujinaka.
6) Fix PCI link state locking issue in e1000e driver, from Yanir
Lubetkin.
7) Cure panics during MTU change in i40e, from Mitch Williams.
8) Don't leak promisc refs in DSA slave driver, from Gilad Ben-Yossef.
9) Add missing HAS_DMA dep to VIA Rhine driver, from Geery
Uytterhoeven.
10) Make sure DMA map/unmap calls are symmetric in bnx2x driver, from
Michal Schmidt.
11) Workaround for MDIO access problems in bcm7xxx devices, from FLorian
Fainelli.
12) Fix races in SCTP protocol between OTTB responses and route
removals, from Alexander Sverdlin.
13) Fix jumbo frame checksum issue with some mvneta devices, from Simon
Guinot.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (58 commits)
sock_diag: don't broadcast kernel sockets
net: mvneta: disable IP checksum with jumbo frames for Armada 370
ARM: mvebu: update Ethernet compatible string for Armada XP
net: mvneta: introduce compatible string "marvell, armada-xp-neta"
api: fix compatibility of linux/in.h with netinet/in.h
net: icplus: fix typo in constant name
sis900: Trivial: Fix typos in enums
stmmac: Trivial: fix typo in constant name
sctp: Fix race between OOTB responce and route removal
net-Liquidio: Delete unnecessary checks before the function call "vfree"
vmxnet3: Bump up driver version number
amd-xgbe: Add the __GFP_NOWARN flag to Rx buffer allocation
net: phy: mdio-bcm-unimac: workaround initial read failures for integrated PHYs
net: bcmgenet: workaround initial read failures for integrated PHYs
net: phy: bcm7xxx: workaround MDIO management controller initial read
bnx2x: fix DMA API usage
net: via: VIA_RHINE and VIA_VELOCITY should depend on HAS_DMA
net/phy: tune get_phy_c45_ids to support more c45 phy
bnx2x: fix lockdep splat
net: fec: don't access RACC register when not available
...
Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization to
speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module lock
doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's breaking
up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load another module (yeah,
really). Unfortunately that broke the usual suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and
!CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were appended too.
Cheers,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVkgKHAAoJENkgDmzRrbjxQpwQAJVmBN6jF3SnwbQXv9vRixjH
58V33sb1G1RW+kXxQ3/e8jLX/4VaN479CufruXQp+IJWXsN/CH0lbC3k8m7u50d7
b1Zeqd/Yrh79rkc11b0X1698uGCSMlzz+V54Z0QOTEEX+nSu2ZZvccFS4UaHkn3z
rqDo00lb7rxQz8U25qro2OZrG6D3ub2q20TkWUB8EO4AOHkPn8KWP2r429Axrr0K
wlDWDTTt8/IsvPbuPf3T15RAhq1avkMXWn9nDXDjyWbpLfTn8NFnWmtesgY7Jl4t
GjbXC5WYekX3w2ZDB9KaT/DAMQ1a7RbMXNSz4RX4VbzDl+yYeSLmIh2G9fZb1PbB
PsIxrOgy4BquOWsJPm+zeFPSC3q9Cfu219L4AmxSjiZxC3dlosg5rIB892Mjoyv4
qxmg6oiqtc4Jxv+Gl9lRFVOqyHZrTC5IJ+xgfv1EyP6kKMUKLlDZtxZAuQxpUyxR
HZLq220RYnYSvkWauikq4M8fqFM8bdt6hLJnv7bVqllseROk9stCvjSiE3A9szH5
OgtOfYV5GhOeb8pCZqJKlGDw+RoJ21jtNCgOr6DgkNKV9CX/kL/Puwv8gnA0B0eh
dxCeB7f/gcLl7Cg3Z3gVVcGlgak6JWrLf5ITAJhBZ8Lv+AtL2DKmwEWS/iIMRmek
tLdh/a9GiCitqS0bT7GE
=tWPQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull module updates from Rusty Russell:
"Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization
to speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module
lock doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's
breaking up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load
another module (yeah, really). Unfortunately that broke the usual
suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and !CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were
appended too"
* tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (26 commits)
modules: only use mod->param_lock if CONFIG_MODULES
param: fix module param locks when !CONFIG_SYSFS.
rcu: merge fix for Convert ACCESS_ONCE() to READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE()
module: add per-module param_lock
module: make perm const
params: suppress unused variable error, warn once just in case code changes.
modules: clarify CONFIG_MODULE_COMPRESS help, suggest 'N'.
kernel/module.c: avoid ifdefs for sig_enforce declaration
kernel/workqueue.c: remove ifdefs over wq_power_efficient
kernel/params.c: export param_ops_bool_enable_only
kernel/params.c: generalize bool_enable_only
kernel/module.c: use generic module param operaters for sig_enforce
kernel/params: constify struct kernel_param_ops uses
sysfs: tightened sysfs permission checks
module: Rework module_addr_{min,max}
module: Use __module_address() for module_address_lookup()
module: Make the mod_tree stuff conditional on PERF_EVENTS || TRACING
module: Optimize __module_address() using a latched RB-tree
rbtree: Implement generic latch_tree
seqlock: Introduce raw_read_seqcount_latch()
...
struct crush_bucket_tree::num_nodes is u8, so ceph_decode_8_safe()
should be used. -Wconversion catches this, but I guess it went
unnoticed in all the noise it spews. The actual problem (at least for
common crushmaps) isn't the u32 -> u8 truncation though - it's the
advancement by 4 bytes instead of 1 in the crushmap buffer.
Fixes: http://tracker.ceph.com/issues/2759
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Durgin <jdurgin@redhat.com>
If the user->list is deleted with list_del(), it doesn't initialize the
entry which can cause the issue with list_empty(). According to the
comment from the list.h, list_empty() returns false even if the list is
empty and put the entry in an undefined state.
/**
* list_del - deletes entry from list.
* @entry: the element to delete from the list.
* Note: list_empty() on entry does not return true after this, the entry is
* in an undefined state.
*/
Because of this behavior, list_empty() returns false even if list is empty
when the device is reconnected.
So, user->list needs to be re-initialized after list_del(). list.h already
have a macro list_del_init() which deletes the entry and initailze it again.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jörg Otte <jrg.otte@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Kernel sockets do not hold a reference for the network namespace to
which they point. Socket destruction broadcasting relies on the
network namespace and will cause the splat below when a kernel socket
is destroyed.
This fix simply ignores kernel sockets when they are destroyed.
Reported as:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
CPU: 1 PID: 9130 Comm: kworker/1:1 Not tainted 4.1.0-gelk-debug+ #1
Workqueue: sock_diag_events sock_diag_broadcast_destroy_work
Stack:
ffff8800b9c586c0 ffff8800b9c586c0 ffff8800ac4692c0 ffff8800936d4a90
ffff8800352efd38 ffffffff8469a93e ffff8800352efd98 ffffffffc09b9b90
ffff8800352efd78 ffff8800ac4692c0 ffff8800b9c586c0 ffff8800831b6ab8
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8469a93e>] ? mutex_unlock+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffffc09b9b90>] ? inet_diag_handler_get_info+0x110/0x1fb [inet_diag]
[<ffffffff845c868d>] netlink_broadcast+0x1d/0x20
[<ffffffff8469a93e>] ? mutex_unlock+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff845b2bf5>] sock_diag_broadcast_destroy_work+0xd5/0x160
[<ffffffff8408ea97>] process_one_work+0x147/0x420
[<ffffffff8408f0f9>] worker_thread+0x69/0x470
[<ffffffff8409fda3>] ? preempt_count_sub+0xa3/0xf0
[<ffffffff8408f090>] ? rescuer_thread+0x320/0x320
[<ffffffff84093cd7>] kthread+0x107/0x120
[<ffffffff84093bd0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1b0/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8469d31f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70
[<ffffffff84093bd0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1b0/0x1b0
Tested:
Using a debug kernel while 'ss -E' is running:
ip netns add test-ns
ip netns delete test-ns
Fixes: eb4cb00852 sock_diag: define destruction multicast groups
Fixes: 26abe14379 net: Modify sk_alloc to not reference count the
netns of kernel sockets.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From struct ceph_msg_data_cursor in include/linux/ceph/messenger.h:
bool last_piece; /* current is last piece */
In ceph_msg_data_next():
*last_piece = cursor->last_piece;
A call to ceph_msg_data_next() is followed by:
ret = ceph_tcp_sendpage(con->sock, page, page_offset,
length, last_piece);
while ceph_tcp_sendpage() is:
static int ceph_tcp_sendpage(struct socket *sock, struct page *page,
int offset, size_t size, bool more)
The logic is inverted: correct it.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Canet <benoit.canet@nodalink.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly
decremented on slave device open error path.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com>
CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/flow_dissector.c: In function ‘__skb_flow_dissect’:
net/core/flow_dissector.c:132: warning: ‘ip_proto’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 1f66d161ab
("tipc: introduce starvation free send algorithm")
we introduced a counter per priority level for buffers
in the link backlog queue. We also introduced a new
function tipc_link_purge_backlog(), to reset these
counters to zero when the link is reset.
Unfortunately, we missed to call this function when
the broadcast link is reset, with the result that the
values of these counters might be permanently skewed
when new nodes are attached. This may in the worst case
lead to permananent, but spurious, broadcast link
congestion, where no broadcast packets can be sent at
all.
We fix this bug with this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"A relatively quiet cycle, with a mix of cleanup and smaller bugfixes"
* 'for-4.2' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (24 commits)
sunrpc: use sg_init_one() in krb5_rc4_setup_enc/seq_key()
nfsd: wrap too long lines in nfsd4_encode_read
nfsd: fput rd_file from XDR encode context
nfsd: take struct file setup fully into nfs4_preprocess_stateid_op
nfsd: refactor nfs4_preprocess_stateid_op
nfsd: clean up raparams handling
nfsd: use swap() in sort_pacl_range()
rpcrdma: Merge svcrdma and xprtrdma modules into one
svcrdma: Add a separate "max data segs macro for svcrdma
svcrdma: Replace GFP_KERNEL in a loop with GFP_NOFAIL
svcrdma: Keep rpcrdma_msg fields in network byte-order
svcrdma: Fix byte-swapping in svc_rdma_sendto.c
nfsd: Update callback sequnce id only CB_SEQUENCE success
nfsd: Reset cb_status in nfsd4_cb_prepare() at retrying
svcrdma: Remove svc_rdma_xdr_decode_deferred_req()
SUNRPC: Move EXPORT_SYMBOL for svc_process
uapi/nfs: Add NFSv4.1 ACL definitions
nfsd: Remove dead declarations
nfsd: work around a gcc-5.1 warning
nfsd: Checking for acl support does not require fetching any acls
...
When new hidp session is created, list header in l2cap_user is
not initialized and this causes list_empty() to fail in
l2cap_register_user() even if l2cap_user list is empty.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jörg Otte <jrg.otte@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ceph_tcp_sendpage already does the work of mapping/unmapping
the zero page if needed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Canet <benoit.canet@nodalink.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Fix typo in the validation rules for flower's attributes
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
.. up to ceph.git commit 1db1abc8328d ("crush: eliminate ad hoc diff
between kernel and userspace"). This fixes a bunch of recently pulled
coding style issues and makes includes a bit cleaner.
A patch "crush:Make the function crush_ln static" from Nicholas Krause
<xerofoify@gmail.com> is folded in as crush_ln() has been made static
in userspace as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Verify that the 'take' argument is a valid device or bucket.
Otherwise ignore it (do not add the value to the working vector).
Reflects ceph.git commit 9324d0a1af61e1c234cc48e2175b4e6320fff8f4.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
modinfo libceph prints the module name "Ceph filesystem for Linux",
which is same as the real fs module ceph. It's confusing.
Signed-off-by: Hong Zhiguo <zhiguohong@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
- return -ETIMEDOUT instead of -EIO in case of timeout
- wait_event_interruptible_timeout() returns time left until timeout
and since it can be almost LONG_MAX we had better assign it to long
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
There are currently three libceph-level timeouts that the user can
specify on mount: mount_timeout, osd_idle_ttl and osdkeepalive. All of
these are in seconds and no checking is done on user input: negative
values are accepted, we multiply them all by HZ which may or may not
overflow, arbitrarily large jiffies then get added together, etc.
There is also a bug in the way mount_timeout=0 is handled. It's
supposed to mean "infinite timeout", but that's not how wait.h APIs
treat it and so __ceph_open_session() for example will busy loop
without much chance of being interrupted if none of ceph-mons are
there.
Fix all this by verifying user input, storing timeouts capped by
msecs_to_jiffies() in jiffies and using the new ceph_timeout_jiffies()
helper for all user-specified waits to handle infinite timeouts
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Elder <elder@linaro.org>
This one sneaked in through vfs tree with commit 2b777c9dd9
("ceph_sync_read: stop poking into iov_iter guts").
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Add a new argument to br_fdb_delete_by_port which allows to specify a
vid to match when flushing entries and use it in nbp_vlan_delete() to
flush the dynamically learned entries of the vlan/port pair when removing
a vlan from a port. Before this patch only the local mac was being
removed and the dynamically learned ones were left to expire.
Note that the do_all argument is still respected and if specified, the
vid will be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a comment to explain why we're not disabling port's multicast when it
goes in blocking state. Since there's a check in the timer's function which
bypasses the timer if the port's in blocking/disabled state, the timer will
simply expire and stop without sending more queries.
Suggested-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For AF_INET6 sockets, the value of struct ipv6_pinfo.ipv6only is
exported to userspace. It indicates whether a socket bound to in6addr_any
listens on IPv4 as well as IPv6. Since the socket is natively IPv6, it is not
listed by e.g. 'ss -l -4'.
This patch is accompanied by an appropriate one for iproute2 to enable
the additional information in 'ss -e'.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This feature is only enabled with the new per-interface or ipv4 global
sysctls called 'ignore_routes_with_linkdown'.
net.ipv4.conf.all.ignore_routes_with_linkdown = 0
net.ipv4.conf.default.ignore_routes_with_linkdown = 0
net.ipv4.conf.lo.ignore_routes_with_linkdown = 0
...
When the above sysctls are set, will report to userspace that a route is
dead and will no longer resolve to this nexthop when performing a fib
lookup. This will signal to userspace that the route will not be
selected. The signalling of a RTNH_F_DEAD is only passed to userspace
if the sysctl is enabled and link is down. This was done as without it
the netlink listeners would have no idea whether or not a nexthop would
be selected. The kernel only sets RTNH_F_DEAD internally if the
interface has IFF_UP cleared.
With the new sysctl set, the following behavior can be observed
(interface p8p1 is link-down):
default via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1
10.0.5.0/24 dev p9p1 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.5.15
70.0.0.0/24 dev p7p1 proto kernel scope link src 70.0.0.1
80.0.0.0/24 dev p8p1 proto kernel scope link src 80.0.0.1 dead linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 metric 1 dead linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 metric 2
90.0.0.1 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 src 70.0.0.1
cache
local 80.0.0.1 dev lo src 80.0.0.1
cache <local>
80.0.0.2 via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1 src 10.0.5.15
cache
While the route does remain in the table (so it can be modified if
needed rather than being wiped away as it would be if IFF_UP was
cleared), the proper next-hop is chosen automatically when the link is
down. Now interface p8p1 is linked-up:
default via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1
10.0.5.0/24 dev p9p1 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.5.15
70.0.0.0/24 dev p7p1 proto kernel scope link src 70.0.0.1
80.0.0.0/24 dev p8p1 proto kernel scope link src 80.0.0.1
90.0.0.0/24 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 metric 1
90.0.0.0/24 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 metric 2
192.168.56.0/24 dev p2p1 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.56.2
90.0.0.1 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 src 80.0.0.1
cache
local 80.0.0.1 dev lo src 80.0.0.1
cache <local>
80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 src 80.0.0.1
cache
and the output changes to what one would expect.
If the sysctl is not set, the following output would be expected when
p8p1 is down:
default via 10.0.5.2 dev p9p1
10.0.5.0/24 dev p9p1 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.5.15
70.0.0.0/24 dev p7p1 proto kernel scope link src 70.0.0.1
80.0.0.0/24 dev p8p1 proto kernel scope link src 80.0.0.1 linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 80.0.0.2 dev p8p1 metric 1 linkdown
90.0.0.0/24 via 70.0.0.2 dev p7p1 metric 2
Since the dead flag does not appear, there should be no expectation that
the kernel would skip using this route due to link being down.
v2: Split kernel changes into 2 patches, this actually makes a
behavioral change if the sysctl is set. Also took suggestion from Alex
to simplify code by only checking sysctl during fib lookup and
suggestion from Scott to add a per-interface sysctl.
v3: Code clean-ups to make it more readable and efficient as well as a
reverse path check fix.
v4: Drop binary sysctl
v5: Whitespace fixups from Dave
v6: Style changes from Dave and checkpatch suggestions
v7: One more checkpatch fixup
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a fib flag called RTNH_F_LINKDOWN to any ipv4 nexthops that are
reachable via an interface where carrier is off. No action is taken,
but additional flags are passed to userspace to indicate carrier status.
This also includes a cleanup to fib_disable_ip to more clearly indicate
what event made the function call to replace the more cryptic force
option previously used.
v2: Split out kernel functionality into 2 patches, this patch simply
sets and clears new nexthop flag RTNH_F_LINKDOWN.
v3: Cleanups suggested by Alex as well as a bug noticed in
fib_sync_down_dev and fib_sync_up when multipath was not enabled.
v5: Whitespace and variable declaration fixups suggested by Dave.
v6: Style fixups noticed by Dave; ran checkpatch to be sure I got them
all.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Dutt <ddutt@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev_port_bridge_getlink() queries SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS
attributes, but a driver doesn't need to implement this in order to get
bridge link information.
So error out only on errors different than -EOPNOTSUPP.
(This is a follow-up patch for 7d4f8d8.)
Fixes: 8793d0a664 ("switchdev: add new switchdev_port_bridge_getlink")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ICMP messages can trigger ICMP and local errors. In this case
serr->port is 0 and starting from Linux 4.0 we do not return
the original target address to the error queue readers.
Add function to define which errors provide addr_offset.
With this fix my ping command is not silent anymore.
Fixes: c247f0534c ("ip: fix error queue empty skb handling")
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- A large cleanup of how device capabilities are checked for various
features
- Additional cleanups in the MAD processing
- Update to the srp driver
- Creation and use of centralized log message helpers
- Add const to a number of args to calls and clean up call chain
- Add support for extended cq create verb
- Add support for timestamps on cq completion
- Add support for processing OPA MAD packets
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yISf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
- a large cleanup of how device capabilities are checked for various
features
- additional cleanups in the MAD processing
- update to the srp driver
- creation and use of centralized log message helpers
- add const to a number of args to calls and clean up call chain
- add support for extended cq create verb
- add support for timestamps on cq completion
- add support for processing OPA MAD packets
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (92 commits)
IB/mad: Add final OPA MAD processing
IB/mad: Add partial Intel OPA MAD support
IB/mad: Add partial Intel OPA MAD support
IB/core: Add OPA MAD core capability flag
IB/mad: Add support for additional MAD info to/from drivers
IB/mad: Convert allocations from kmem_cache to kzalloc
IB/core: Add ability for drivers to report an alternate MAD size.
IB/mad: Support alternate Base Versions when creating MADs
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR forwarding checks
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR SMP Recv processing
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR SMP Send processing
IB/mad: Split IB SMI handling from MAD Recv handler
IB/mad cleanup: Generalize processing of MAD data
IB/mad cleanup: Clean up function params -- find_mad_agent
IB/mlx4: Add support for CQ time-stamping
IB/mlx4: Add mmap call to map the hardware clock
IB/core: Pass hardware specific data in query_device
IB/core: Add timestamp_mask and hca_core_clock to query_device
IB/core: Extend ib_uverbs_create_cq
IB/core: Add CQ creation time-stamping flag
...
This particular BUG_ON condition was checking for attr set err in the
COMMIT phase, which isn't expected (it's a driver bug if PREPARE phase is
OK but COMMIT fails). But BUG_ON() is too strong for this case, so change
to WARN(). BUG_ON() would be warranted if the system was corrupted beyond
repair, but this is not the case here.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One more missing piece of the puzzle. Add vlan dump support to switchdev
port's bridge_getlink. iproute2 "bridge vlan show" cmd already knows how
to show the vlans installed on the bridge and the device , but (until now)
no one implemented the port vlan part of the netlink PF_BRIDGE:RTM_GETLINK
msg. Before this patch, "bridge vlan show":
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlans
57
sw1p1 << device side vlans (missing)
sw1p2 57
sw1p2
sw1p3
sw1p4
br0 None
(When the port is bridged, the output repeats the vlan list for the vlans
on the bridge side of the port and the vlans on the device side of the
port. The listing above show no vlans for the device side even though they
are installed).
After this patch:
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlan
57
sw1p1 30-34 << device side vlans
57
3840 PVID
sw1p2 57
sw1p2 57
3840 PVID
sw1p3 3842 PVID
sw1p4 3843 PVID
br0 None
I re-used ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink to add vlan fill call-back func.
switchdev support adds an obj dump for VLAN objects, using the same
call-back scheme as FDB dump. Support included for both compressed and
un-compressed vlan dumps.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vid_begin/end to be consistent with BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN/END.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove handling of tx_ring in prb_setup_retire_blk_timer
for TPACKET_V3 because init_prb_bdqc is called only for zero tx_ring
and thus prb_setup_retire_blk_timer for zero tx_ring only.
And also in functon init_prb_bdqc there is no usage of tx_ring.
Thus removing tx_ring from init_prb_bdqc.
Signed-off-by: Maninder Singh <maninder1.s@samsung.com>
Suggested-by: Frans Klaver <fransklaver@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVhu14AAoJEP5prqPJtc/HWdEH/1m/HVExvJd8HwoDtsA+6YfC
X4m3oHMYxNvwSM2C6uh8rOxUqm/GWmhIszT7scQBt5YaeIpvGv7QTpTNe1Y6Hy7G
L75SsnVAulj69cL8sCAht1C/LNdYXdo/d/+ddvgRV6INhNXoX0P72iTn0N5C8ly7
kKFc17dq7ZP13tA7GDj2kusvn8RdqtqvZG1pioOqCvl8WSCbc/wxOEM1FecaSEYP
+rB8t0iqvPc6F7Pw7cpXhL1fGa+r+0ml3K2ZNYtw6NPzlgmroArVgoWS0KMW6U9T
G8V6llAOcGKznRQ1FLYthKFivjC3PPMr9buAx5lwo5/stkf4zRUO2lzZiQG/rFo=
=2KH+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.1-20150621' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
Oliver Hartkopp fixed a bug in the generic CAN frame handling code, which may
lead to loss of CAN frames. It was introduced during v4.1 development.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gpg: Signature made Sun 21 Jun 2015 09:59:36 AM PDT using RSA key ID C9B5CFC7
Currenlty nf_tables chains added in one network namespace are being
run in all network namespace. The issues are myriad with the simplest
being an unprivileged user can cause any network packets to be dropped.
Address this by simply not running nf_tables chains in the wrong
network namespace.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port goes through a link down/up the multicast router configuration
is not restored.
Signed-off-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: 0909e11758 ("bridge: Add multicast_router sysfs entries")
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When STP is running in user-space and querier is configured, the
querier timer is not started when a port goes to a non-blocking state.
This patch unifies the user- and kernel-space stp multicast port enable
path and enables it in all states different from blocking. Note that when a
port goes in BR_STATE_DISABLED it's not enabled because that is handled
in the beginning of the port list loop.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A ROSE socket doesn't necessarily always have a neighbour pointer so check
if the neighbour pointer is valid before dereferencing it.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Tested-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@free.fr>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #2.6.11+
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one only contains a one liner fix for a typo that I
introduced while cleaning some of the nfcmrvl patches that
were part of the 1st 4.2 pull request.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=4H3o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.2-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC 4.2 2nd pull request
This one only contains a one liner fix for a typo that I
introduced while cleaning some of the nfcmrvl patches that
were part of the 1st 4.2 pull request.
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-06-18
Here's the final bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2.
- Cleanups & fixes to 802.15.4 code and related drivers
- Fix btusb driver memory leak
- New USB IDs for Atheros controllers
- Support for BCM4324B3 UART based Broadcom controller
- Fix for Bluetooth encryption key size handling
- Broadcom controller initialization fixes
- Support for Intel controller DDC parameters
- Support for multiple Bluetooth LE advertising instances
- Fix for HCI user channel cleanup path
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_diag_dump_reqs() is called from inet_diag_dump_icsk() with BH
disabled. So no need to disable BH in inet_diag_dump_reqs().
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki Shimoda <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the filter_dev check when dumping fdb entries, otherwise dump
returns empty list. filter_dev is always passed as NULL when dumping fdbs
on SELF. We want the fdbs installed on the device to be listed in the
dump.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Fixes: 45d4122c ("switchdev: add support for fdb add/del/dump via switchdev_port_obj ops")
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a "param_lock" mutex to each module, and update params.c to use
the correct built-in or module mutex while locking kernel params.
Remove the kparam_block_sysfs_r/w() macros, replace them with direct
calls to kernel_param_[un]lock(module).
The kernel param code currently uses a single mutex to protect
modification of any and all kernel params. While this generally works,
there is one specific problem with it; a module callback function
cannot safely load another module, i.e. with request_module() or even
with indirect calls such as crypto_has_alg(). If the module to be
loaded has any of its params configured (e.g. with a /etc/modprobe.d/*
config file), then the attempt will result in a deadlock between the
first module param callback waiting for modprobe, and modprobe trying to
lock the single kernel param mutex to set the new module's param.
This fixes that by using per-module mutexes, so that each individual module
is protected against concurrent changes in its own kernel params, but is
not blocked by changes to other module params. All built-in modules
continue to use the built-in mutex, since they will always be loaded at
runtime and references (e.g. request_module(), crypto_has_alg()) to them
will never cause load-time param changing.
This also simplifies the interface used by modules to block sysfs access
to their params; while there are currently functions to block and unblock
sysfs param access which are split up by read and write and expect a single
kernel param to be passed, their actual operation is identical and applies
to all params, not just the one passed to them; they simply lock and unlock
the global param mutex. They are replaced with direct calls to
kernel_param_[un]lock(THIS_MODULE), which locks THIS_MODULE's param_lock, or
if the module is built-in, it locks the built-in mutex.
Suggested-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@ieee.org>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.2:
API:
- Convert RNG interface to new style.
- New AEAD interface with one SG list for AD and plain/cipher text.
All external AEAD users have been converted.
- New asymmetric key interface (akcipher).
Algorithms:
- Chacha20, Poly1305 and RFC7539 support.
- New RSA implementation.
- Jitter RNG.
- DRBG is now seeded with both /dev/random and Jitter RNG. If kernel
pool isn't ready then DRBG will be reseeded when it is.
- DRBG is now the default crypto API RNG, replacing krng.
- 842 compression (previously part of powerpc nx driver).
Drivers:
- Accelerated SHA-512 for arm64.
- New Marvell CESA driver that supports DMA and more algorithms.
- Updated powerpc nx 842 support.
- Added support for SEC1 hardware to talitos"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (292 commits)
crypto: marvell/cesa - remove COMPILE_TEST dependency
crypto: algif_aead - Temporarily disable all AEAD algorithms
crypto: af_alg - Forbid the use internal algorithms
crypto: echainiv - Only hold RNG during initialisation
crypto: seqiv - Add compatibility support without RNG
crypto: eseqiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: chainiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: user - Add CRYPTO_MSG_DELRNG
crypto: user - Move cryptouser.h to uapi
crypto: rng - Do not free default RNG when it becomes unused
crypto: skcipher - Allow givencrypt to be NULL
crypto: sahara - propagate the error on clk_disable_unprepare() failure
crypto: rsa - fix invalid select for AKCIPHER
crypto: picoxcell - Update to the current clk API
crypto: nx - Check for bogus firmware properties
crypto: marvell/cesa - add DT bindings documentation
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Kirkwood and Dove SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Orion SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add allhwsupport module parameter
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for all armada SoCs
...
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"A rather largish update for everything time and timer related:
- Cache footprint optimizations for both hrtimers and timer wheel
- Lower the NOHZ impact on systems which have NOHZ or timer migration
disabled at runtime.
- Optimize run time overhead of hrtimer interrupt by making the clock
offset updates smarter
- hrtimer cleanups and removal of restrictions to tackle some
problems in sched/perf
- Some more leap second tweaks
- Another round of changes addressing the 2038 problem
- First step to change the internals of clock event devices by
introducing the necessary infrastructure
- Allow constant folding for usecs/msecs_to_jiffies()
- The usual pile of clockevent/clocksource driver updates
The hrtimer changes contain updates to sched, perf and x86 as they
depend on them plus changes all over the tree to cleanup API changes
and redundant code, which got copied all over the place. The y2038
changes touch s390 to remove the last non 2038 safe code related to
boot/persistant clock"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (114 commits)
clocksource: Increase dependencies of timer-stm32 to limit build wreckage
timer: Minimize nohz off overhead
timer: Reduce timer migration overhead if disabled
timer: Stats: Simplify the flags handling
timer: Replace timer base by a cpu index
timer: Use hlist for the timer wheel hash buckets
timer: Remove FIFO "guarantee"
timers: Sanitize catchup_timer_jiffies() usage
hrtimer: Allow hrtimer::function() to free the timer
seqcount: Introduce raw_write_seqcount_barrier()
seqcount: Rename write_seqcount_barrier()
hrtimer: Fix hrtimer_is_queued() hole
hrtimer: Remove HRTIMER_STATE_MIGRATE
selftest: Timers: Avoid signal deadlock in leap-a-day
timekeeping: Copy the shadow-timekeeper over the real timekeeper last
clockevents: Check state instead of mode in suspend/resume path
selftests: timers: Add leap-second timer edge testing to leap-a-day.c
ntp: Do leapsecond adjustment in adjtimex read path
time: Prevent early expiry of hrtimers[CLOCK_REALTIME] at the leap second edge
ntp: Introduce and use SECS_PER_DAY macro instead of 86400
...
PACKET_FANOUT_LB computes f->rr_cur such that it is modulo
f->num_members. It returns the old value unconditionally, but
f->num_members may have changed since the last store. Ensure
that the return value is always < num.
When modifying the logic, simplify it further by replacing the loop
with an unconditional atomic increment.
Fixes: dc99f60069 ("packet: Add fanout support.")
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds NLM_F_APPEND flag to struct nlmsg_hdr->nlmsg_flags
in newroute notifications if the route add was an append.
(This is similar to how NLM_F_REPLACE is already part of new
route replace notifications today)
This helps userspace determine if the route add operation was
an append.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds getsockopt(SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_LIST_MEMBERSHIPS) to
retrieve all groups a socket is a member of. Currently, we have to use
getsockname() and look at the nl.nl_groups bitmask. However, this mask is
limited to 32 groups. Hence, similar to NETLINK_ADD_MEMBERSHIP and
NETLINK_DROP_MEMBERSHIP, this adds a separate sockopt to manager higher
groups IDs than 32.
This new NETLINK_LIST_MEMBERSHIPS option takes a pointer to __u32 and the
size of the array. The array is filled with the full membership-set of the
socket, and the required array size is returned in optlen. Hence,
user-space can retry with a properly sized array in case it was too small.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an inet_sock is destroyed, its source port (sk_num) is set to
zero as part of the unhash procedure. In order to supply a source
port as part of the NETLINK_SOCK_DIAG socket destruction broadcasts,
the source port number must be read from inet_sport instead.
Tested: ss -E
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, Michal's change to fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom
caused a locking issue that was reported by lockdep, but only
in a few cases - the issue was a classic ABBA deadlock caused
by taking the mtx after the key_mtx, where normally they're
taken the other way around.
As the key mutex protects the field in question (I'm adding a
few annotations to make that clear) only the iteration needs
to be protected, but we can also iterate the interface list
with just RCU protection while holding the key mutex.
Fixes: f9dca80b98 ("mac80211: fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom calculation")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Manfred Schlaegl here
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=143482089824232&w=2
commit 514ac99c64 "can: fix multiple delivery of a single CAN frame for
overlapping CAN filters" requires the skb->tstamp to be set to check for
identical CAN skbs.
As net timestamping is influenced by several players (netstamp_needed and
netdev_tstamp_prequeue) Manfred missed a proper timestamp which leads to
CAN frame loss.
As skb timestamping became now mandatory for CAN related skbs this patch
makes sure that received CAN skbs always have a proper timestamp set.
Maybe there's a better solution in the future but this patch fixes the
CAN frame loss so far.
Reported-by: Manfred Schlaegl <manfred.schlaegl@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The control !hlist_unhashed() in qfq_destroy_agg() is unnecessary
because already performed in hlist_del_init(), so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Parri <parri.andrea@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lockless lookups can return entry that is unlinked.
Sometimes they get reference before last neigh_cleanup_and_release,
sometimes they do not need reference. Later, any
modification attempts may result in the following problems:
1. entry is not destroyed immediately because neigh_update
can start the timer for dead entry, eg. on change to NUD_REACHABLE
state. As result, entry lives for some time but is invisible
and out of control.
2. __neigh_event_send can run in parallel with neigh_destroy
while refcnt=0 but if timer is started and expired refcnt can
reach 0 for second time leading to second neigh_destroy and
possible crash.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet and Ying Xue for their work and analyze
on the __neigh_event_send change.
Fixes: 767e97e1e0 ("neigh: RCU conversion of struct neighbour")
Fixes: a263b30936 ("ipv4: Make neigh lookups directly in output packet path.")
Fixes: 6fd6ce2056 ("ipv6: Do not depend on rt->n in ip6_finish_output2().")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch also renames sg to sglist and aligns function parameters.
See Documentation/DMA-API.txt - Part Id for scatterlist details
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Destruction of the po->rollover must be delayed until there are no
more packets in flight that can access it. The field is destroyed in
packet_release, before synchronize_net. Delay using rcu.
Fixes: 0648ab70af ("packet: rollover prepare: per-socket state")
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell compiler it must not read f->num_members multiple
times. Otherwise testing if num is not zero is flaky, and we could
attempt an invalid divide by 0 in fanout_demux_cpu()
Note bug was present in packet_rcv_fanout_hash() and
packet_rcv_fanout_lb() but final 3.1 had a simple location
after commit 95ec3eb417 ("packet: Add 'cpu' fanout policy.")
Fixes: dc99f60069 ("packet: Add fanout support.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the TCP_USER_TIMEOUT socket option to advertise to the server
how long we will keep the connection open if there is unacknowledged
data. See RFC5482.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
This fixes a regression introduced by commit caf4ccd4e8 ("SUNRPC:
Make xs_tcp_close() do a socket shutdown rather than a sock_release").
Prior to that commit, the autoclose feature would ensure that an
idle connection would result in the socket being both disconnected and
released, whereas now only gets disconnected.
While the current behaviour is harmless, it does leave the port bound
until either RPC traffic resumes or the RPC client is shut down.
Reported-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
If the back channel is disconnected, we can and should just fail the
transmission. The expectation is that the NFSv4.1 server will always
retransmit any outstanding callbacks once the connection is
re-established.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Merge the mvebu/drivers branch of the arm-soc tree which contains
just a single patch bfa1ce5f38 ("bus:
mvebu-mbus: add mv_mbus_dram_info_nooverlap()") that happens to be
a prerequisite of the new marvell/cesa crypto driver.
While testing my netfilter changes I noticed several files where
recompiling unncessarily because they unncessarily included
netfilter.h.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This pulls the full hook netfilter definitions from all those that include
net_namespace.h.
Instead let's just include the bare minimum required in the new
linux/netfilter_defs.h file, and use it from the netfilter netns header files.
I also needed to include in.h and in6.h from linux/netfilter.h otherwise we hit
this compilation error:
In file included from include/linux/netfilter_defs.h:4:0,
from include/net/netns/netfilter.h:4,
from include/net/net_namespace.h:22,
from include/linux/netdevice.h:43,
from net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue_core.c:23:
include/uapi/linux/netfilter.h:76:17: error: field ‘in’ has incomplete type struct in_addr in;
And also explicit include linux/netfilter.h in several spots.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
We don't need to pull the full definitions in that file, a simple forward
declaration is enough.
Moreover, include linux/procfs.h from nf_synproxy_core, otherwise this hits a
compilation error due to missing declarations, ie.
net/netfilter/nf_synproxy_core.c: In function ‘synproxy_proc_init’:
net/netfilter/nf_synproxy_core.c:326:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘proc_create’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (!proc_create("synproxy", S_IRUGO, net->proc_net_stat,
^
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
em->net is always set and always available, use it in preference
to dev_net(skb->dev).
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This appears to have been a dead macro in both nfnetlink_log.c and
nfnetlink_queue_core.c since these pieces of code were added in 2005.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Resolve compilation breakage when CONFIG_IPV6 is not set by moving the IPv6
code into a separated br_netfilter_ipv6.c file.
Fixes: efb6de9b4b ("netfilter: bridge: forward IPv6 fragmented packets")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rework the logic of checking for a valid adv_instance for non-zero
cp->instance values. Without this change we may get (false positive)
warnings as follows:
>> net/bluetooth/mgmt.c:7294:29: warning: 'adv_instance' may be used
uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use zallog for adv_instance allocation instead of kmalloc + memset.
This also fixes the following coccinelle warning:
>> net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2693:17-24: WARNING: kzalloc should be
used for adv_instance, instead of kmalloc/memset
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to
introduction of new multi-advertising feature and various bug fixes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that the obsolete adv_instance is no longer being referenced
anywhere in the code it can be removed without breaking the build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During service discovery, advertising will be disabled. This patch
ensures that it is correctly being re-enabled, both for configuration
made via set advertising and add advertising, once the scanning
times out.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch ensures that instance advertising is correctly canceled
before starting a le scan.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Advertising instances programmed while powered off should be advertised
once the device is powered. This patch ensures that all combinations
of setting and/or adding advertising configuration while powered off
will be correctly activated on power on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The remove_advertising() and remove_advertising_complete() functions
had instance identifiers hard coded. Notably, when passing in 0x00 as
an instance identifier to signal that all instances should be removed
then the mgmt API would return a hard coded 0x01 rather than returning
the expected value 0x00. This bug is being fixed by always referencing
the instance identifier from the management API call instead.
remove_advertising() is refactored to use the new dynamic advertising
instance list. The logic is being changed to make multi-instance
advertising actually work, notably the schedule_adv_instance() method is
being referenced to make sure that other instances will continue to
advertise even if one instance is being removed.
The code is made more readable by factoring advertising instance
management and initialization into the low-level
hci_remove_adv_instance() and hci_adv_instances_clear() functions.
The method now references the clear_adv_instance() helper method to
remove duplicate logic and code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The add_advertising() and add_advertising_complete() functions reference
the now obsolete hdev->adv_instance struct. Both methods are being
refactored to access the dynamic advertising instance list instead.
This patch also introduces all logic necessary to actually deal with
multiple instance advertising. Notably the mgmt_adv_inst_expired() and
schedule_adv_inst() method are being referenced to schedule instances in
a round robin fashion.
This patch also introduces a "pending" flag into the adv_info struct.
This is necessary to identify and remove recently added advertising
instances when the HCI commands return with an error status code.
Otherwise new advertising instances could be leaked without properly
informing userspace about their existence.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The clear_adv_instance() function could not clean up multiple
advertising instances previously. It is being changed to provide both, a
means to clean up a single instance and cleaning up all instances at
once.
An additional instance parameter is being introduced to achieve this.
Passing in 0x00 to this parameter signifies that all instances should be
cleaned up. This semantics has been chosen similarly to the semantics of
the instance parameter in the remove_advertising() function.
When removing a single instance the method also ensures that another
instance will be scheduled if available. When the currently advertising
method is being removed, it will be canceled immediately.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The set_advertising() and set_advertising_complete() methods rely on
the now obsolete hci_dev->adv_instance structure. We replace this
reference by an equivalent access to the newly introduced dynamic
advertising instance list.
This patch introduces a helper function that schedules an advertising
instance correctly calculating advertising timing based on the timeout
and duration settings of the instance. Scheduling is factored into
its own function for readability and code sharing.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The create_instance_adv_data() function could not deal with
multiple advertising instances previously. This is being fixed by
retrieving advertising instances from the newly introduced dynamic
advertising instance list.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The create_instance_scan_rsp_data() function could not deal with
multiple advertising instances previously. This is being fixed by adding
an additional instance parameter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Previously enable_advertising() would rely on
get_adv_instance_scan_rsp_len() which checked for a hard coded instance
identifier. This is being changed to check for the current advertising
instance's scan response length instead. The function is renamed
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Switch if and else conditions to replace a negative statement by a
positive one which makes the condition more readable.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The get_adv_instance_flags() would not work with instance identifiers
other than 0x01. This is being fixed so that arbitrary instance
identifiers can be dealt with while still correctly dealing with the
special case of the 0x00 identifier.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Replaces the hard coded instance identifier in
get_current_adv_instance() with the actual current instance identifier
so that this method is prepared to work with more than one advertising
instance.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The read_adv_features() method had a single instance identifier hard
coded. Refer to the advertising instance list instead to return a
dynamically generated list of instance identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ...for_instance function name is quite long and does not follow the
..._inst_... convention followed elsewhere in the code. This patch
renames the ...for_instance functions to their shorter ..._inst_...
version.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
update_scan_rsp_data() duplicates code from get_current_adv_instance().
This is being fixed by letting the former make use of the latter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the delayed work managing advertising duration and timeout is
part of the advertising instance structure. This is not correct as only
a single instance can be advertised at any given time. To implement
round robin advertising a single delayed work structure is needed.
To fix this the delayed work structure is being moved to the hci_dev
structure. The instance specific variable is renamed to "remaining_time"
to make it clear that this is the remaining lifetime of the instance and
not the current advertising timeout.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current hci dev structure only supports a single advertising
instance. To support multi-instance advertising it is necessary to
introduce a linked list of advertising instances so that multiple
advertising instances can be dynamically added and/or removed.
In a first step, the existing adv_instance member of the hci_dev
struct is supplemented by a linked list of advertising instances.
This patch introduces the list and supporting list management
infrastructure. The list is not being used yet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
xt_socket is useful for matching sockets with IP_TRANSPARENT and
taking some action on the matching packets. However, it lacks the
ability to match only a small subset of transparent sockets.
Suppose there are 2 applications, each with its own set of transparent
sockets. The first application wants all matching packets dropped,
while the second application wants them forwarded somewhere else.
Add the ability to retore the skb->mark from the sk_mark. The mark
is only restored if a matching socket is found and the transparent /
nowildcard conditions are satisfied.
Now the 2 hypothetical applications can differentiate their sockets
based on a mark value set with SO_MARK.
iptables -t mangle -I PREROUTING -m socket --transparent \
--restore-skmark -j action
iptables -t mangle -A action -m mark --mark 10 -j action2
iptables -t mangle -A action -m mark --mark 11 -j action3
Signed-off-by: Harout Hedeshian <harouth@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds an additional attribute when sending
packet information via netlink in netfilter_queue module.
It will send additional security context data, so that
userspace applications can verify this context against
their own security databases.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kubiak <r.kubiak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After the ->set() spinlocks were removed br_stp_set_bridge_priority
was left running without any protection when used via sysfs. It can
race with port add/del and could result in use-after-free cases and
corrupted lists. Tested by running port add/del in a loop with stp
enabled while setting priority in a loop, crashes are easily
reproducible.
The spinlocks around sysfs ->set() were removed in commit:
14f98f258f ("bridge: range check STP parameters")
There's also a race condition in the netlink priority support that is
fixed by this change, but it was introduced recently and the fixes tag
covers it, just in case it's needed the commit is:
af615762e9 ("bridge: add ageing_time, stp_state, priority over netlink")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Fixes: 14f98f258f ("bridge: range check STP parameters")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the additional module_put() in disconnect_all_peers()
making a correct module refcount so that the module can be removed after
disabling 6lowpan through debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the kfree of the netdev priv in device_event() upon
NETDEV_UNREGISTER event. The freeing of memory is taken care of by the
netdev destructor.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the sysfs device used by the netdev from the device of
the first connected peer to the hci sysfs device. Using the sysfs device
of hci instead of the first connected device fixes this issue such that
the sysfs group of tx-0 and bt0 kobject are still present after the last
peer has been deleted and all sysfs entries can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the variable used to trigger scheduling of
delete_netdev. Changed to infinitiv in order to describe the action
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes an issue with the netdev not being unregistered when
the last peer is deleted. Removing the logical negation operator on the
boolean solves this issue. If the last peer is removed the condition
will be true, and the delete_netdev() is scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no need to init res with zero, res can be unused but then we
returning zero and not res.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the hardware setting before calling the driver start
callback which activates the receive handling. The hardware setup
contains settings like address filtering which should be setup before
activate the receive handling on the transceiver. These setting are
protected by ieee802154_check_concurrent_iface check. This means we
need to set these registers once before calling drv_start and can't
be overwritten by other interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The file net/ipv4/netfilter.o is created based on whether
CONFIG_NETFILTER is set. However that is defined as a bool, and
hence this file with the core netfilter hooks will never be
modular. So using module_init as an alias for __initcall can be
somewhat misleading.
Fix this up now, so that we can relocate module_init from
init.h into module.h in the future. If we don't do this, we'd
have to add module.h to obviously non-modular code, and that
would be a worse thing. Also add an inclusion of init.h, as
that was previously implicit here in the netfilter.c file.
Note that direct use of __initcall is discouraged, vs. one
of the priority categorized subgroups. As __initcall gets
mapped onto device_initcall, our use of subsys_initcall (which
seems to make sense for netfilter code) will thus change this
registration from level 6-device to level 4-subsys (i.e. slightly
earlier). However no observable impact of that small difference
has been observed during testing, or is expected. (i.e. the
location of the netfilter messages in dmesg remains unchanged
with respect to all the other surrounding messages.)
As for the module_exit, rather than replace it with __exitcall,
we simply remove it, since it appears only UML does anything
with those, and even for UML, there is no relevant cleanup
to be done here.
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
These patches continue to build up for improving the rsize and wsize that the
NFS client uses when talking over RDMA. In addition, these patches also add
in scalability enhancements and other bugfixes.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=N1tO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-rdma-for-4.2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma
NFS: NFSoRDMA Client Changes
These patches continue to build up for improving the rsize and wsize that the
NFS client uses when talking over RDMA. In addition, these patches also add
in scalability enhancements and other bugfixes.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
* tag 'nfs-rdma-for-4.2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma: (142 commits)
xprtrdma: Reduce per-transport MR allocation
xprtrdma: Stack relief in fmr_op_map()
xprtrdma: Split rb_lock
xprtrdma: Remove rpcrdma_ia::ri_memreg_strategy
xprtrdma: Remove ->ro_reset
xprtrdma: Remove unused LOCAL_INV recovery logic
xprtrdma: Acquire MRs in rpcrdma_register_external()
xprtrdma: Introduce an FRMR recovery workqueue
xprtrdma: Acquire FMRs in rpcrdma_fmr_register_external()
xprtrdma: Introduce helpers for allocating MWs
xprtrdma: Use ib_device pointer safely
xprtrdma: Remove rr_func
xprtrdma: Replace rpcrdma_rep::rr_buffer with rr_rxprt
xprtrdma: Warn when there are orphaned IB objects
...
If the sending queue has a task without ->rq_cong set at the front,
and then a number of tasks with ->rq_cong set such that they use
the entire congestion window, then the queue deadlocks. The first
entry cannot be processed until later entries complete.
This scenario has been seen with a client using UDP to access a server,
and the network connection breaking for a period of time - it doesn't
recover.
It never really makes sense for an ->rq_cong request to be on the ->sending
queue, but it can happen when a request is being retried, and finds
the transport if locked (XPRT_LOCKED). In this case we simple call
__xprt_put_cong() and the deadlock goes away.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Accessing current->pid/uid from cls_bpf may lead to misleading results and
should not be used when TC classifiers need accurate information about pid/uid.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This get_info handler will simply dispatch to the appropriate
existing inet protocol handler.
This patch also includes a new netlink attribute
(INET_DIAG_PROTOCOL). This attribute is currently only used
for multicast messages. Without this attribute, there is no
way of knowing the IP protocol used by the socket information
being broadcast. This attribute is not necessary in the 'dump'
variant of this protocol (though it could easily be added)
because dump requests are issued for specific family/protocol
pairs.
Tested: ss -E (note, the -E option has not yet been merged into
the upstream version of ss).
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, there was no clear distinction between the inet protocols
that used struct tcp_info to report information and those that didn't.
This change adds a specific size attribute to the inet_diag_handler
struct which defines these interfaces. This will make dispatching
sock_diag get_info requests identical for all inet protocols in a
following patch.
Tested: ss -au
Tested: ss -at
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These groups will contain socket-destruction events for
AF_INET/AF_INET6, IPPROTO_TCP/IPPROTO_UDP.
Near the end of socket destruction, a check for listeners is
performed. In the presence of a listener, rather than completely
cleanup the socket, a unit of work will be added to a private
work queue which will first broadcast information about the socket
and then finish the cleanup operation.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_get_vf_stats where the PF retrieves and fills the VFs traffic
statistics. We encode the VF stats in a nested manner to allow for
future extensions.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to delete from offload the device externally learnded fdbs when any
one of these events happen:
1) Bridge ages out fdb. (When bridge is doing ageing vs. device doing
ageing. If device is doing ageing, it would send SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL
directly).
2) STP state change flushes fdbs on port.
3) User uses sysfs interface to flush fdbs from bridge or bridge port:
echo 1 >/sys/class/net/BR_DEV/bridge/flush
echo 1 >/sys/class/net/BR_PORT/brport/flush
4) Offload driver send event SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL to delete fdb entry.
For rocker, we can now get called to delete fdb entry in wait and nowait
contexts, so set NOWAIT flag when deleting fdb entry.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.2.
- NCI drivers can now define their own handlers for processing
proprietary NCI responses and notifications.
- NFC vendors can use a dedicated netlink API to send their own
proprietary commands, like e.g. all commands needed to implement
vendor specific manufacturing tools.
- A new generic NCI over UART driver against which any NCI chipset
running on top of a serial interface can register.
- The st21nfcb driver is renamed to st-nci as it can and will support
most of ST Microelectronics NCI chipsets.
- The st21nfcb driver can put its CLF in hibernate mode and save
significant amount of power.
- A few st21nfcb minor fixes.
- The NXP NCI driver now supports ACPI enumeration.
- The Marvell NCI driver now supports both USB and serial
physical interfaces.
- The Marvell NCI drivers also supports NCI frames being muxed
over HCI. This is a setting that can be defined by a DT property.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+IG2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.2-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC 4.2 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.2.
- NCI drivers can now define their own handlers for processing
proprietary NCI responses and notifications.
- NFC vendors can use a dedicated netlink API to send their own
proprietary commands, like e.g. all commands needed to implement
vendor specific manufacturing tools.
- A new generic NCI over UART driver against which any NCI chipset
running on top of a serial interface can register.
- The st21nfcb driver is renamed to st-nci as it can and will support
most of ST Microelectronics NCI chipsets.
- The st21nfcb driver can put its CLF in hibernate mode and save
significant amount of power.
- A few st21nfcb minor fixes.
- The NXP NCI driver now supports ACPI enumeration.
- The Marvell NCI driver now supports both USB and serial
physical interfaces.
- The Marvell NCI drivers also supports NCI frames being muxed
over HCI. This is a setting that can be defined by a DT property.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v2:
Move struct switchdev_obj automatics to inner scope where there used.
v1:
To maintain backward compatibility with the existing iproute2 "bridge vlan"
command, let bridge's setlink/dellink handler call into either the port
driver's 8021q ndo ops or the port driver's bridge_setlink/dellink ops.
This allows port driver to choose 8021q ops or the newer
bridge_setlink/dellink ops when implementing VLAN add/del filtering on the
device. The iproute "bridge vlan" command does not need to be modified.
To summarize using the "bridge vlan" command examples, we have:
1) bridge vlan add|del vid VID dev DEV
Here iproute2 sets MASTER flag. Bridge's bridge_setlink/dellink is called.
Vlan is set on bridge for port. If port driver implements ndo 8021q ops,
call those to port driver can install vlan filter on device. Otherwise, if
port driver implements bridge_setlink/dellink ops, call those to install
vlan filter to device. This option only works if port is bridged.
2) bridge vlan add|del vid VID dev DEV master
Same as 1)
3) bridge vlan add|del vid VID dev DEV self
Bridge's bridge_setlink/dellink isn't called. Port driver's
bridge_setlink/dellink is called, if implemented. This option works if
port is bridged or not. If port is not bridged, a VLAN can still be
added/deleted to device filter using this variant.
4) bridge vlan add|del vid VID dev DEV master self
This is a combination of 1) and 3), but will only work if port is bridged.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_trace_printk() is a helper function used to debug eBPF programs.
Let socket and TC programs use it as well.
Note, it's DEBUG ONLY helper. If it's used in the program,
the kernel will print warning banner to make sure users don't use
it in production.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF programs attached to kprobes need to filter based on
current->pid, uid and other fields, so introduce helper functions:
u64 bpf_get_current_pid_tgid(void)
Return: current->tgid << 32 | current->pid
u64 bpf_get_current_uid_gid(void)
Return: current_gid << 32 | current_uid
bpf_get_current_comm(char *buf, int size_of_buf)
stores current->comm into buf
They can be used from the programs attached to TC as well to classify packets
based on current task fields.
Update tracex2 example to print histogram of write syscalls for each process
instead of aggregated for all.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
This a bit large (and late) patchset that contains Netfilter updates for
net-next. Most relevantly br_netfilter fixes, ipset RCU support, removal of
x_tables percpu ruleset copy and rework of the nf_tables netdev support. More
specifically, they are:
1) Warn the user when there is a better protocol conntracker available, from
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
2) Fix forwarding of IPv6 fragmented traffic in br_netfilter, from Bernhard
Thaler. This comes with several patches to prepare the change in first place.
3) Get rid of special mtu handling of PPPoE/VLAN frames for br_netfilter. This
is not needed anymore since now we use the largest fragment size to
refragment, from Florian Westphal.
4) Restore vlan tag when refragmenting in br_netfilter, also from Florian.
5) Get rid of the percpu ruleset copy in x_tables, from Florian. Plus another
follow up patch to refine it from Eric Dumazet.
6) Several ipset cleanups, fixes and finally RCU support, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
7) Get rid of parens in Netfilter Kconfig files.
8) Attach the net_device to the basechain as opposed to the initial per table
approach in the nf_tables netdev family.
9) Subscribe to netdev events to detect the removal and registration of a
device that is referenced by a basechain.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the net_device is gone, we have to unregister the hooks and put back
the reference on the net_device object. Once it comes back, register them
again. This also covers the device rename case.
This patch also adds a new flag to indicate that the basechain is disabled, so
their hooks are not registered. This flag is used by the netdev family to
handle the case where the net_device object is gone. Currently this flag is not
exposed to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The device is part of the hook configuration, so instead of a global
configuration per table, set it to each of the basechain that we create.
This patch reworks ebddf1a8d7 ("netfilter: nf_tables: allow to bind table to
net_device").
Note that this adds a dev_name field in the nft_base_chain structure which is
required the netdev notification subscription that follows up in a patch to
handle gone net_devices.
Suggested-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After Florian patches, there is no need for XT_TABLE_INFO_SZ anymore :
Only one copy of table is kept, instead of one copy per cpu.
We also can avoid a dereference if we put table data right after
xt_table_info. It reduces register pressure and helps compiler.
Then, we attempt a kmalloc() if total size is under order-3 allocation,
to reduce TLB pressure, as in many cases, rules fit in 32 KB.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Jozsef Kadlecsik says:
====================
ipset patches for nf-next
Please consider to apply the next bunch of patches for ipset. First
comes the small changes, then the bugfixes and at the end the RCU
related patches.
* Use MSEC_PER_SEC consistently instead of the number.
* Use SET_WITH_*() helpers to test set extensions from Sergey Popovich.
* Check extensions attributes before getting extensions from Sergey Popovich.
* Permit CIDR equal to the host address CIDR in IPv6 from Sergey Popovich.
* Make sure we always return line number on batch in the case of error
from Sergey Popovich.
* Check CIDR value only when attribute is given from Sergey Popovich.
* Fix cidr handling for hash:*net* types, reported by Jonathan Johnson.
* Fix parallel resizing and listing of the same set so that the original
set is kept for the whole dumping.
* Make sure listing doesn't grab a set which is just being destroyed.
* Remove rbtree from ip_set_hash_netiface.c in order to introduce RCU.
* Replace rwlock_t with spinlock_t in "struct ip_set", change the locking
in the core and simplifications in the timeout routines.
* Introduce RCU locking in bitmap:* types with a slight modification in the
logic on how an element is added.
* Introduce RCU locking in hash:* types. This is the most complex part of
the changes.
* Introduce RCU locking in list type where standard rculist is used.
* Fix coding styles reported by checkpatch.pl.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It was not possible to register a UART driver due
to a bad condition.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Cuissard <cuissard@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to the reporter, they are not needed.
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch flushs the workqueue which is currently used for xmit_sync
callback before calling stop driver-ops. Flush the queue will ensure all
pending tx frames are transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The interframe spacing timer is a per phy definition and is part of a
ieee802154_local structure. If we have possible multiple interfaces
ifdown one interface then the timer should not be cancled. First if the
last interface is down and the receive handling is stopped we should be
sure that the interframe spacing timer isn't run anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replaces !netif_running(sdata->dev) with
!ieee802154_sdata_running(sdata) and also devide the
code two separate if branches.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
->auto_asconf_splist is per namespace and mangled by functions like
sctp_setsockopt_auto_asconf() which doesn't guarantee any serialization.
Also, the call to inet_sk_copy_descendant() was backuping
->auto_asconf_list through the copy but was not honoring
->do_auto_asconf, which could lead to list corruption if it was
different between both sockets.
This commit thus fixes the list handling by using ->addr_wq_lock
spinlock to protect the list. A special handling is done upon socket
creation and destruction for that. Error handlig on sctp_init_sock()
will never return an error after having initialized asconf, so
sctp_destroy_sock() can be called without addrq_wq_lock. The lock now
will be take on sctp_close_sock(), before locking the socket, so we
don't do it in inverse order compared to sctp_addr_wq_timeout_handler().
Instead of taking the lock on sctp_sock_migrate() for copying and
restoring the list values, it's preferred to avoid rewritting it by
implementing sctp_copy_descendant().
Issue was found with a test application that kept flipping sysctl
default_auto_asconf on and off, but one could trigger it by issuing
simultaneous setsockopt() calls on multiple sockets or by
creating/destroying sockets fast enough. This is only triggerable
locally.
Fixes: 9f7d653b67 ("sctp: Add Auto-ASCONF support (core).")
Reported-by: Ji Jianwen <jiji@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three types of data need to be protected in the case of the hash types:
a. The hash buckets: standard rcu pointer operations are used.
b. The element blobs in the hash buckets are stored in an array and
a bitmap is used for book-keeping to tell which elements in the array
are used or free.
c. Networks per cidr values and the cidr values themselves are stored
in fix sized arrays and need no protection. The values are modified
in such an order that in the worst case an element testing is repeated
once with the same cidr value.
The ipset hash approach uses arrays instead of lists and therefore is
incompatible with rhashtable.
Performance is tested by Jesper Dangaard Brouer:
Simple drop in FORWARD
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Dropping via simple iptables net-mask match::
iptables -t raw -N simple || iptables -t raw -F simple
iptables -t raw -I simple -s 198.18.0.0/15 -j DROP
iptables -t raw -D PREROUTING -j simple
iptables -t raw -I PREROUTING -j simple
Drop performance in "raw": 11.3Mpps
Generator: sending 12.2Mpps (tx:12264083 pps)
Drop via original ipset in RAW table
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Create a set with lots of elements::
sudo ./ipset destroy test
echo "create test hash:ip hashsize 65536" > test.set
for x in `seq 0 255`; do
for y in `seq 0 255`; do
echo "add test 198.18.$x.$y" >> test.set
done
done
sudo ./ipset restore < test.set
Dropping via ipset::
iptables -t raw -F
iptables -t raw -N net198 || iptables -t raw -F net198
iptables -t raw -I net198 -m set --match-set test src -j DROP
iptables -t raw -I PREROUTING -j net198
Drop performance in "raw" with ipset: 8Mpps
Perf report numbers ipset drop in "raw"::
+ 24.65% ksoftirqd/1 [ip_set] [k] ip_set_test
- 21.42% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_read_lock_bh
- _raw_read_lock_bh
+ 99.88% ip_set_test
- 19.42% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_read_unlock_bh
- _raw_read_unlock_bh
+ 99.72% ip_set_test
+ 4.31% ksoftirqd/1 [ip_set_hash_ip] [k] hash_ip4_kadt
+ 2.27% ksoftirqd/1 [ixgbe] [k] ixgbe_fetch_rx_buffer
+ 2.18% ksoftirqd/1 [ip_tables] [k] ipt_do_table
+ 1.81% ksoftirqd/1 [ip_set_hash_ip] [k] hash_ip4_test
+ 1.61% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
+ 1.44% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] build_skb
+ 1.42% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] ip_rcv
+ 1.36% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
+ 1.16% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] dev_gro_receive
+ 1.09% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __rcu_read_unlock
+ 0.96% ksoftirqd/1 [ixgbe] [k] ixgbe_clean_rx_irq
+ 0.95% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __netdev_alloc_frag
+ 0.88% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kmem_cache_alloc
+ 0.87% ksoftirqd/1 [xt_set] [k] set_match_v3
+ 0.85% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] inet_gro_receive
+ 0.83% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] nf_iterate
+ 0.76% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_compound_page
+ 0.75% ksoftirqd/1 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __rcu_read_lock
Drop via ipset in RAW table with RCU-locking
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
With RCU locking, the RW-lock is gone.
Drop performance in "raw" with ipset with RCU-locking: 11.3Mpps
Performance-tested-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Eric Dumazet